LV1 section 3 -contactors

LV1 section 3 -contactors
LV1_03.book Seite 1 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Controls –
Contactors and
Contactor Assemblies
3/2
3/5
3/11
3/26
3/27
3/29
3/30
3/32
3/37
3/40
3/47
3/48
3/49
3/50
3/52
3/54
3/55
3/57
3/58
3/59
3/60
3/61
3/64
3/65
3/66
Introduction
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors
for Switching Motors
General data
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3RT12 vacuum contactors, 3-pole,
110 ... 250 kW
3TF6 vacuum contactors, 3-pole,
335 ... 450 kW
3TB5 contactors with DC solenoid system,
3-pole, 55 ... 200 kW
3TF2 contactors, 3-pole, 2.2 ... 4 kW
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 complete units, 3 ... 45 kW
Components for customer assembly
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for
Wye-Delta Starting
3RA14 complete units, 3 ...75 kW
Components for customer assembly
3TD, 3TE Contactor Assemblies
3TD6 reversing contactor assemblies,
335 kW
3TE6 contactor assemblies for wye-delta
starting, 630 kW
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK
Contactors for Special Applications
3RT14 Contactors for Switching Resistive
Loads (AC-1)
3-pole, 140 ... 690 A
3RT13 Contactors for Switching Resistive
Loads (AC-1)
4-pole, 4 NO, 18 ... 140 A
3TK1 Contactors for Switching Resistive
Loads (AC-1)
4-pole, 4 NO, 200 ... 1000 A
3TK20 Contactors
4-pole, 4 kW
3RT15 Contactors
4-pole, 2 NO + 2 NC, 4 ... 18.5 kW
3RT16 Capacitor Contactors
12.5 ... 50 kvar
Contactors with Extended
Operating Range 0.7 ... 1.25 × Us,
for Railway Applications
3RH11 contactor relays
3TH4 contactor relays
3RT10 motor contactors, 5.5 ... 45 kW
3TB5 motor contactors, 55 ... 200 kW
3TC contactors for switching
DC voltage, 2-pole
3TC Contactors for Switching DC Voltage
1- and 2-pole, 32 ... 400 A
3/69
3/72
3/73
3/75
3/78
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3RH1 contactor relays, 4- and 8-pole
3RH14 latched contactor relays, 4-pole
3TH4 contactor relays, 8- and 10-pole
3TH2 contactor relays, 4- and 8-pole
3RH11 coupling relays for switching
auxiliary circuits, 4-pole
3/79
3RT Coupling Relays
3RT10 coupling relays (interface),
for switching motors, 3-pole, 3 ... 11 kW
3TX7, 3RS18 Coupling Relays
3/82
3/84
3/86
3TX7 Coupling Relays, Narrow Design
Relay couplers
Relay couplers with plug-in connection
Semiconductor couplers
3/88
3RS18 Coupling Relays with
Industrial Housing
Relay couplers
3/89
LZS, LZX Plug-In Relays
Relay couplers
3/96
3TG10 Power Relays/Miniature
Contactors
4-pole, 4 kW
Accessories and Spare Parts
3/97
3/114
3/119
3/124
3/127
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and
Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
Spare parts for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF,
3TG, 3TK contactors
Accessories for 3TH contactor relays
Spare parts for 3TB, 3TC,
3TF, 3TK contactors
Note:
For safety characteristics for contactors see
"Appendix" --> "Standards and Approvals"
--> "Overview"
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 2 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Controls — Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Introduction
3
■ Overview
Size
Type
S00
3RT10 1
S0
3RT10 2
S2
3RT10 3
3RT10 contactors · 3RT12 and 3TF68/69 vacuum contactors
Type
AC, DC operation
3RT10 15 3RT10 16
(p. 3/15, 3/19)
Type
--
3RT10 17 3RT10 23 3RT10 24
(p. 3/16, 3/20)
3RT10 25 3RT10 26 3RT10 34 3RT10 35
(p. 3/17, 3/21)
--
3RT10 36
--
AC-3
Ie/AC-3/400 V
A
7
9
400 V
kW
3
4
5.5
4
5.5
230 V
500 V
690 V
1 000 V
kW
kW
kW
kW
2.2
3.5
4
--
3
4.5
5.5
--
3
5.5
5.5
--
3
4.5
5.5
--
3
7.5
7.5
--
4
2
4
2
4
2
5.5
2.6
22
22
40
3RT10/12
3RT10/12
12
9
12
17
7.5
4
10
11
--
25
32
40
50
11
15
18.5
22
5.5
11
11
--
7.5
18.5
18.5
--
11
22
22
--
15
30
22
--
7.5
4.4
15
8.2
18.5
9.5
22
12.6
50
60
60
AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)
400 V
3RT10/12
400 V
(200 000 operating cycles)
kW
kW
3
1.15
7.5
3.5
AC-1 (40 °C, ≤ 690 V)
3RT10/12
Ie
A
18
40
40
40
--
--
--
A
--
--
--
3RT14 AC-1 contactors
Type
Ie/AC-1/40 °C/≤ 690 V
Accessories for contactors
Auxiliary switch blocks front
lateral
3RH19 11
--
(p. 3/100) 3RH19 21
3RH19 21
(p. 3/100)
(p. 3/103)
Terminal covers
--
--
3RT19 36-4EA2
Box terminal blocks
--
--
--
Surge suppressors
3RT19 16
(p. 3/107) 3RT19 26
(p. 3/107)
3RT19 26/36
(p. 3/112)
(p. 3/107)
3RU1 and 3RB2 overload relays (protection equipment: overload relays)
3RU11, thermal, CLASS 10
3RU11 16
0.1 ... 12 A
(Chap. 5) 3RU11 26
1.8 ... 25 A (Chap. 5)
3RU11 36
5.5 ... 50 A (Chap. 5)
3RB20/21, solid-state,
CLASS 5, 10, 20 and 30
3RB20 16
3RB21 16
0.1 ... 12 A
(Chap. 5) 3RB20 26
3RB21 26
3 ... 25 A
3RB20 36
3RB21 36
6 ... 50 A
3RB22/23, solid-state,
CLASS 5, 10, 20 and 30
3RB2. 83 + 3RB29 06
0.3 ... 25 A
(Chap. 5)
(Chap. 5)
3RB2. 83 + 3RB29 06
10 ... 100 A (Chap. 5)
(Chap. 5)
3RV10 motor starter protectors (protection equipment: motor starter protectors)
Type
3RV10 11
Link modules
3RA19 11
0.18 ... 12 A
(Chap. 5) 3RV10 21
9 ... 25 A
(Chap. 5)
3RV10 31
22 ... 50 A (Chap. 5)
(Chap. 5)
3RA19 31
(Chap. 5)
3RA13 24 3RA13 25 3RA13 26 3RA13 34
(p. 3/34)
(p. 3/35)
3RA13 35 3RA13 36
5.5
18.5
(Chap. 5) 3RA19 21
3RA13 reversing contactor assemblies
Complete units
400 V
Type 3RA13 15
(p. 3/33)
kW 3
3RA13 16
3RA13 17
4
5.5
7.5
11
15
22
Installation kits/wiring modules
3RA19 13-2A
(p. 3/38)
3RA19 23-2A
(p. 3/38)
Mechanical interlocks
3RA19 12-2H
(p. 3/39)
3RA19 24-1A/-2B
(p. 3/37)
3RA14 23
(p. 3/43)
3RA14 25
3RA14 34
(p. 3/44)
3RA14 35 3RA14 36
(p. 3/45)
11
15/18.5
22/30
37
3RA19 23-2B
(p. 3/47)
3RA19 33-2B/-2C
3RA19 33-2A
(p. 3/38)
3RA14 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
Complete units
400 V
Type 3RA14 15
(p. 3/42)
kW 5.5
Installation kits/wiring modules
3/2
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3RA14 16
7.5
3RA19 13-2B
(p. 3/47)
45
(p. 3/47)
LV1_03.book Seite 3 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Controls — Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
3
Introduction
S3
3RT1. 4
S6
3RT1. 5
3RT10 44 3RT10 45
(p. 3/18, 3/21)
3RT10 46
--
S10
3RT1. 6
3RT10 54 3RT10 55
(p. 3/22)
S12
3RT1. 7
14
3TF6
3RT10 56 3RT10 64 3RT10 65 3RT10 66 3RT10 75 3RT10 76
(p. 3/22)
(p. 3/22)
--
--
3RT12 64 3RT12 65 3RT12 66 3RT12 75 3RT12 76
(p. 3/26)
(p. 3/26)
3TF68
(p. 3/27)
3TF69
65
80
95
115
150
185
225
265
300
400
500
630
820
30
37
45
55
75
90
110
132
160
200
250
335
450
18.5
37
45
30
22
45
55
37
22
55
55
37
37
75
110
75
45
90
132
90
55
110
160
90
55
160
200
90/315
75
160
250
132/355
90
200
250
132/400
132
250
400
250/560
160
355
400/500
250/710
200
434
600
600
260
600
800
800
30
15.1
37
17.9
45
22
55
29
75
38
90
45
110
54/78
132
66/93
160
71/112
200
84/140
250
98/161
355
168
400
191
120
160
185
215
275/330
330
330
430/610
610
700
910
(p. 3/50)
3RT14 56
(p. 3/51)
3RT14 66
100
120
3RT14 46
140
275
(p. 3/51)
400
3RT14 76 (p. 3/51)
--
690
--
-3TY7 561
3RT19 46-4EA1/2
(p. 3/112)
--
3RT19 56-4EA1/2/3
(p. 3/112) 3RT19 66-4EA1/2/3 (p. 3/112)
3RT19 55/56-4G
(p. 3/112) 3RT19 66-4G
(p. 3/112)
--
3RT19 56-1C (RC element) (p. 3/108)
3TX7 572
3RU11 46 18 ... 100 A (Chap. 5)
--
3RB20 46 12.5 ... 100 A (Chap. 5)
3RB21 46
3RB20 56 50 ... 200 A (Chap. 5) 3RB20 66 55 ... 630 A
3RB21 56
3RB21 66 (Chap. 5)
--
(p. 3/120)
3TX7 686/696 (p. 3/120)
--
(p. 3/119)
--
3RB20 66 160 ... 630 A 3RB20 66
3RB21 66 (Chap. 5)
3RB21 66
160 ... 630 A
(Chap. 5)
3RB2. 83 + 3RB29 56
3RB2. 83 + 3RB29 66
20 ... 200 A (Chap. 5)
63 ... 630 A (Chap. 5)
3RV10 41
45 ... 100 A (Chap. 5)
3RA19 41 (Chap. 5)
3RA13 44 3RA13 45
(p. 3/36)
30
37
3RA19 43-2A
3RA13 46
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
3TD68 04
(p. 3/48)
45
55
90
110
3RA19 53-2A
(p. 3/38)
3RA19 63-2A
3RA19 54-2A
(p. 3/37)
75
--
75
3RA19 43-2B/-2C
--
--
(p. 3/38)
3RA14 44 3RA14 45
(p. 3/46)
55
--
3RA19 53-2B
160
200
(p. 3/38)
3RA19 73-2A (p. 3/38)
335
--
-(p. 3/47)
250
3TX7 680-1A
3TX7 686-1A
--
-(p. 3/47)
132
3RA19 63-2B
(p. 3/47)
3TE68 04
(p. 3/49)
--
630
3RA19 73-2B (p. 3/47)
3TX7 680-1B
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/3
LV1_03.book Seite 4 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Controls — Contactors and Contactor Assemblies
Introduction
The advantages at a glance
3
3TX7
3RS18
LZS/LZX
3TG10
Order No.
Page
Coupling links, narrow design
Relay couplers
• Width 6.2 mm (1 NO, 1 CO), 12.5 mm and 17.5 mm
• Output coupling links
• Input coupling links with hard gold-plating
3TX7 002,
3TX7 003,
3TX7 004,
3TX7 005
3/82
Plug-in base couplers, complete with relay
• Width 6.2 mm (1 NO, 1 CO)
• Relays, replaceable
3TX7 014-1..00
3/84
Plug-in base couplers, complete with relay
and hard gold-plating
• Width 6.2 mm (1 CO)
3TX7 014-1..02
3/84
Semiconductor couplers
• Output 1 semiconductor, triac or transistor
3TX7 002,
3TX7 004,
3TX7 005
3/86
Coupling relays in industrial housing
Relay couplers
• Safe isolation up to 300 V between contacts and relay circuits 3RS18
• 1, 2 and 3 changeover contacts
• Hard gold-plated contacts in combination and wide voltage
range versions
3/88
Plug-in relays
Relay couplers with 2, 3 and 4 changeover contacts • Switching capacity 12 A/10 A/6 A
• Width 27 mm
• Base optionally with or without logical isolation
LZS/LZX:PT
3/90
Relay couplers with 3 changeover contacts and
circular base
• Switching capacity 6 A
• 11-pole circular base
• Width 38 mm
LZS/LZX:MT
3/92
Relay couplers with 1, 2 changeover contacts
• Switching capacity 16 A/8 A
• Width 15.5 mm
• Base optionally with or without logical isolation
LZS/LZX:RT
3/93
3TG10
3/96
Power relays
With screw and flat connectors
Connection methods
The contactors and relays are available with screw terminals
(box terminals and connecting bars) or with Cage Clamp terminals
or spring-loaded terminals. Some device types are also available
with plug-type connectors.
The devices with screw terminals are indicated in the selection
and ordering data by green backgrounds.
The devices with Cage Clamp terminals or with spring-loaded
terminals are indicated in the selection and ordering data by
orange backgrounds.
The devices with plug-type connectors are indicated in the
selection and ordering data by blue backgrounds.
3/4
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 5 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
■ Overview
3RT1 contactors and coupling relays
Size S00 with mountable accessories
17
3
18
4
3
The SIRIUS generation of
controls is a complete,
modular system family,
logically designed right
down to the last detail,
from the basic units to the
accessories.
5
12
1
6
19
13
20
7
2
8
9
10
11
21
15
16
NSB0_00448a
14
1
2
Contactor (page 3/15)
Coupling relay (page 3/79)
3
4
5
Solid-state time-delay block, ON-delay (page 3/106)
Solid-state time-delay block, OFF-delay (page 3/106)
Auxiliary switch block with solid-state time delay (page 3/105)
(ON or OFF-delay or wye-delta function)
1-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above (page 3/100)
2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above (page 3/100)
1-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below (page 3/100)
2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below (page 3/100)
4-pole auxiliary switch block (page 3/100) (terminal designations according
to EN 50012 or EN 50005)
2-pole auxiliary switch block, standard version or solid-state time-delay
version (pages 3/100, 3/105) (terminal designations according to
EN 50005)
Solder pin adapter for contactors with 4-pole auxiliary switch block
(page 3/111)
Solder pin adapter for contactors and coupling relays (page 3/110)
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14 Additional load module for increasing the permissible residual current
(page 3/109)
15 Surge suppressor with LED (page 3/108)
16 Surge suppressor without LED (page 3/108)
17 3-phase feeder terminal (page 3/47)
18 Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole,
without terminal (page 3/47)
19 Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with terminal (page 3/111)
20 Link for paralleling, 4-pole, with terminal (page 3/111)
21 Connection module (adapter and plug) for contactors with screw-type
connection (page 3/110)
For contactors
For contactors and coupling relays (interface)
For contactor assemblies see pages 3/32 to 3/39. For installation
kit for reversing contactor assemblies (mech. interlocking, wiring
modules) see page 3/38. For mountable overload relays see Protection Equipment: Overload Relays.
For fuseless load feeders, see Load Feeders, Motor Starters and
Soft Starters -> 3RA Fuseless Load Feeders
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/5
LV1_03.book Seite 6 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
3RT1 contactors
Sizes S0 to S3 with mountable accessories
4
5
17
21
11
18
22
3
10
16
25
2
12
1
14
1
6
9
15
7
19
8
16
13
21
26
22
23
NSB0_00449b
20
1
2
3
3
24
Contactor, size S0, see page 3/16
Contactor, size S2, see page 3/17
Contactor, size S3, see page 3/18
For sizes S0 to S3:
4 Solid-state time-delay block, ON-delay (page 3/106)
5 Solid-state time-delay block, OFF-delay (page 3/106)
6 Auxiliary switch block with solid-state time delay (page 3/105)
(ON or OFF-delay or wye-delta function)
7 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above (page 3/101)
8 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below (page 3/101)
9 4-pole auxiliary switch block (page 3/101)
(terminal designations according to EN 50012 or EN 50005)
10 Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole,
without connection terminal (page 3/47)
11 Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with terminal (page 3/111)
12 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable left or right
(page 3/103) (terminal designations according to EN 50012 or EN 50005)
13 Single-pole auxiliary switch block (up to 4 can be snapped on) (page 3/101)
14 Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable (page 3/37)
15 Mechanical interlock, mountable on the front (page 3/37)
16 Wiring modules on the top and bottom (reversing duty) (page 3/39)
17 Surge suppressor (page 3/107) (varistor, RC element,
diode assembly), can be mounted on the top or bottom
(different for S0 and S2/S3)
3/6
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
18 Coupling link for mounting directly onto contactor coil (page 3/110)
19 LED module for indicating contactor operation (page 3/110)
Only for size S0:
25 Pneumatic delay block (page 3/106)
26 Connection module (adapter and plug) for contactors with screw-type
connection (page 3/110)
Only for sizes S0 and S2:
20 Mechanical latching (page 3/106)
Only for sizes S2 and S3:
21 Coil repeat terminal for making contactor assemblies (page 3/37)
22 Terminal cover for box terminals (page 3/112)
Only for size S3:
23 Terminal cover for cable lugs and busbar connections (page 3/112)
24 Auxiliary conductor terminal, 3-pole (page 3/110)
Accessories identical for sizes S0 to S3
Accessories differ according to size
LV1_03.book Seite 7 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
3RT1 contactors
Sizes S6 to S12 with accessories
(illustration for basic unit)
3
8
9
7
1
2
10
3
4
11
5
NSB0_01157c
6
1
3RT10 and 3RT14 air-break contactor, sizes S6, S10 and S12
(page 3/22 and 3/51)
2
Auxiliary switch block with solid-state time delay (page 3/105)
(ON or OFF-delay or wye-delta function)
4-pole auxiliary switch block (page 3/100)
(terminal designations according to EN 50012 or EN 50005)
2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above (page 3/101)
2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below (page 3/101)
Single-pole auxiliary switch block (up to 4 can be snapped on) (page 3/101)
2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable left or right (page 3/103)
(terminal designations according to EN 50012 or EN 50005)
(identical for S0 to S12)
Surge suppressor (RC element) (page 3/108), for plugging into top of
withdrawable coil
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection
(page 3/112), different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
10 Terminal cover for box terminal, (page 3/112),
different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
11 Box terminal block (page 3/112), different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
Accessories identical for sizes S0 to S12
Accessories identical for sizes S6 to S12
Accessories differ according to size
For mountable overload relays see Protection Equipment:
Overload Relays.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/7
LV1_03.book Seite 8 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
3RA1 contactor assemblies, 3RT1 contactors
Size S6 with accessories
4
3
3
5
1
2
6
1
7
NSB0_01668
3
1
3RT10 and 3RT14 air-break contactor, size S6 (page 3/22 and 3/51)
2
3
4
3RA19 54-2A mechanical interlock, laterally mountable (page 3/37)
3RA19 53-2A wiring modules on the top and bottom (page 3/39)
3RT19 56-4BA31 link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole,
with through hole (page 3/111)
Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection
(page 3/112), different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
Terminal cover for box terminal, (page 3/112),
different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
Box terminal block (page 3/112), different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
5
6
7
For mountable overload relays see Protection Equipment:
Overload Relays.
3/8
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
Accessories identical for sizes S6 to S12
Accessories differ according to size
LV1_03.book Seite 9 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
3RA1 contactor assemblies, 3RT1 contactors
Sizes S6, S10 and S12 with accessories
4
3
3
1
2
5
1
6
NSB0_01669
3
1
3RT10 and 3RT14 air-break contactor, sizes S6, S10 and S12
(page 3/22 and 3/51) or
3RT12 vacuum contactor, sizes S10 and S12 (page 3/26)
2
3
4
Mechanical interlock, laterally mountable (page 3/37)
3RA19 wiring modules on the top and bottom (page 3/38)
3RT19 56-4BA31 link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole,
with through hole (page 3/111)
Terminal cover for box terminal, (page 3/112),
different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection
(page 3/112), different for sizes S6 and S10/S12
5
6
Accessories identical for sizes S6 to S12
Accessories differ according to size
For mountable overload relays see Protection Equipment:
Overload Relays.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/9
LV1_03.book Seite 10 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
General data
3
3RT1 contactors
Sizes S6 to S12 with accessories
1
2
Air-break contactor, sizes S6, S10 and S12 (page 3/22)
Vacuum contactor, sizes S10 and S12 (page 3/26)
3
Withdrawable coils for 3RT1. ..-.A.. contactors with conventional
operating mechanism (Size S10: differentiation between 3RT10/3RT14
air-break contactors and 3RT12 vacuum contactors)
(Size S12: the same for air-break and vacuum contactors)
Withdrawable coils for 3RT1. ..-.N.. contactors with solid-state operating
mechanism (Size S10: differentiation between 3RT10/3RT14 air-break
contactors and 3RT12 vacuum contactors)
(Size S12: the same for air-break and vacuum contactors)
Withdrawable coils and laterally mountable module (plug-on) for
3RT1. ..-.P.. and 3RT1. ..-.Q.. air-break contactors with solid-state
operating mechanism and remaining lifetime indicator
Surge suppressor (RC element) (page 3/107),
plug-mountable on withdrawable coils
3RT1...-.A.. with conventional operating mechanism
3RT1...-.N .. with solid-state operating mechanism
4
5
6
Identical for sizes S6 to S12
Different according to size
For mountable overload relays see Protection Equipment:
Overload Relays.
3/10
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 11 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
■ Overview
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947, EN 60947 (VDE 0660)
The 3RT1 contactors are climate-proof. They are finger-safe
according to EN 50274.
Size S00 contactors have an auxiliary contact integrated in the
basic unit. The basic units of sizes S0 to S3 contain only the main
current paths.
All basic units can be extended with auxiliary switch blocks.
For size S0 and higher, complete units with 2 NO + 2 NC are
available (connection designation according to EN 50012). The
auxiliary switch block can be removed (for more information see
Technical Information LV 1 T).
For size S0 to S3 contactors, varistors and RC elements can be
snapped on either on the top or directly below the coil terminals.
Diode assemblies are available in 2 different versions on account of
their polarity. Depending on the application they can be connected
either only at the bottom (assembly with motor starter protector)
or only at the top (assembly with overload relay).
The plug-in direction of the diodes and diode assemblies is
specified by coding.
Exceptions:
3RT19 26-1T.00 and
3RT19 36-1T.00, in this case the plug-in direction is marked with
"+" and "-".
Coupling relays are supplied either without surge suppression or
with a varistor or diode connected as standard, according to the
version.
In addition, complete units with permanently mounted auxiliary
switch block (2 NO + 2 NC according to EN 50012) are offered
for sizes S00 and S0. These versions are built according to
special Swiss regulations "SUVA" and are distinguished
externally by a red labeling plate.
Note:
The OFF-delay times of the NO contacts and the ON-delay times
of the NC contacts increase if the contactor coils are damped
against voltage peaks (noise suppression diode 6 to 10 times;
diode assemblies 2 to 6 times, varistor +2 to 5 ms).
Connection methods
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, sizes S6 to S12,
> 45 to 250 kW
• 3RT10, contactors for switching motors,
• 3RT12, vacuum contactors for switching motors,
• 3RT14, contactors for AC-1 applications.
The 3RT1 contactors are available with screw terminals (box
terminals and connecting bars) or with Cage Clamp terminals.
The size S3 contactors have removable box terminals for the main
conductor connections. This permits connection of ring
terminal lugs or busbars.
Contact reliability
Operating mechanism types
If voltages ≤ 110 V and current ≤ 100 mA are to be switched, the
auxiliary contacts of the 3RT1 contactor or 3RH11 contactor relay
should be used as they guarantee a high level of contact reliability.
Two types of solenoid operation are available:
• Conventional operating mechanism
• Solid-state operating mechanism (with 3 performance levels)
These auxiliary contacts are suitable for solid-state circuits with
currents ≥ 1 mA at a voltage of 17 V.
UC operation
Short-circuit protection of the contactors
The contactors can be operated with AC (40 to 60 Hz) as well as
with DC.
For more information about short-circuit protection of contactors
without overload relay, see Technical specifications. For shortcircuit protection of the contactors with overload relay, see
"Overload Relays". To assemble fuseless motor feeders you
must select combinations of motor starter protector and contactor
as explained in "Fuseless Load Feeders".
Withdrawable coils
Motor protection
Auxiliary contact complement
3RU11 thermal overload relays or 3RB20 solid-state overload
relays can be fitted to the 3RT1 contactors for protection against
overload. The overload relays must be ordered separately.
The contactors can be fitted with up to 8 auxiliary contacts (identical
auxiliary switch blocks from S0 to S12). Of these, no more than
4 are permitted to be NC contacts.
Ratings of induction motors
The quoted rating (in kW) refers to the output power on the motor
shaft (according to the nameplate).
3RT10 and 3RT14 contactors:
auxiliary contacts mounted laterally and on front
3RT12 vacuum contactors:
auxiliary contacts mounted laterally
Surge suppression
Contactors with conventional operating mechanism
3RT1 contactors can be retrofitted with RC elements, varistors,
diodes or diode assemblies (assembly of diode and Zener diode
for short break times) for damping opening surges in the coil.
3RT1. . .-.A version:
The surge suppressors are plugged onto the front of size S00
contactors. Space is provided for them next to a snap-on auxiliary
switch block.
For simple coil replacement, e.g. if the application is replaced,
the magnetic coil can be pulled out upwards after the release
mechanism has been actuated and can be replaced by any
other coil of the same size.
The magnetic coil is switched directly on and off with the control
supply voltage Us by way of terminals A1/A2.
Multi-voltage range for the control supply voltage Us:
Several closely adjacent control supply voltages, available
around the world, are covered by just one coil,
for example 110-115-120-127 V UC or 220-230-240 V UC.
In addition, allowance is also made for a coil operating range of
0.8 times the lower (Us min) and 1.1 times the upper (Us max)
rated control supply voltage within which the contactor switches
reliably and no thermal overloading occurs.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/11
3
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, sizes S00 to S3, up to 45 kW
LV1_03.book Seite 12 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
The contactors with solid-state operating mechanism comply
with the requirements for operation in industrial plants.
• Interference immunity
- burst (IEC 61000-4-4): 4 kV
- surge (IEC 61000-4-5): 4 kV
- electrostatic discharge, ESD (IEC 61000-4-2): 8/15 kV
- electromagnetic field (IEC 61000-4-3): 10 V/m
• Emitted interference
- limit value class A according to EN 55011
L E D D is p la y s
Main contactor contacts are working parts which must be replaced
in good time when the end of their service life has been reached.
The degree of contact erosion and thus the electrical endurance
(= number of operating cycles) depends on the loading, utilization
category, operating mode, etc. Routine checks/visual inspections
by the maintenance personnel are needed in order to monitor
the state of the main contacts. The remaining lifetime indication
function takes over this task. It does not count the number of
operating cycles – which does not provide information about
contact erosion – but instead electronically identifies, evaluates
and stores the actual progress of erosion of each one of the three
main contacts, and outputs a warning when specified limits are
reached. The stored data are not lost even if the control supply
voltage for A1/A2 fails. After replacement of the main contacts,
measurement the remaining lifetime must be reset using the
"RESET" button (hold down RESET button for about 2 seconds
using a pen or similar tool).
3/12
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
6 0 %
4 0 %
2 0 %
g re e n
R L T
R L T
R L T
R L T
g re e n
6 0 %
6 0 %
6 0 %
6 0 %
o ra n g e
4 0 %
4 0 %
4 0 %
4 0 %
re d
2 0 %
2 0 %
2 0 %
2 0 %
R e s e t
R e s e t
R e s e t
R e s e t
N S B 0 _ 0 1 1 5 0 a
•
•
•
•
•
•
Early warning to replace contacts
Optimum utilization of contact material
Visual inspection of the condition of contacts no longer necessary
Reduction of ongoing operating costs
Optimum planning of maintenance measures
Avoidance of unforeseen plant downtimes
3RT1. . .-.N version: for 24 V DC PLC output
2 control options:
• Control without a coupling link directly through a 24 V DC/≥ 30 mA
PLC output (EN 61131-2). Connection by means of 2-pole
plug-in connection. The screwless spring-type connection is
part of the scope of supply. The control supply voltage
which supplies the solenoid operating mechanism must be
connected to A1/A2.
Note:
Before start-up, the slide switch for PLC operation must be
moved to the "PLC ON" position (setting ex works: "PLC OFF").
L1/L+
N/L-
$ Slide switch must be in
"PLC ON" position
PLC output
DC 24 V/30 mA
% Plug-in connection, 2-pole
A1 A2
2
DC 24 V
1
Note:
In connection with converters, the control cables should be
installed separately from the load cables of the converter.
Indication of remaining lifetime (RLT)
n e w
PLC
OFF ON
NSB0_01143c
The magnetic coil is supplied selectively with the power required
for reliable switching and holding by upstream control electronics.
• Wide voltage range for the control supply voltage Us:
Compared with the conventional operating mechanism, the
solid-state operating mechanism covers an even broader
range of control supply voltages used worldwide within
one coil variant.
For example, the coil for 200 to 277 V UC (Us min to Us max)
covers the voltages 200-208-220-230-240-254-277 V used
worldwide.
• Extended operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x Us:
The wide range for the rated control supply voltage and the
additionally allowed coil operating range of 0.8 x Us min to
1.1 x Us max results in an extended coil operating range of at
least 0.7 to 1.25 x Us, within which the contactors will operate
reliably, for the most common control supply voltages of 24,
110 and 230 V.
• Bridging temporary voltage dips:
Control voltage failures dipping to 0 V (at A1/A2) are bridged
for up to approx. 25 ms to avoid unintentional tripping.
• Defined ON and OFF thresholds:
For voltages of ≥ 0.8 x Us min and higher the electronics will
reliably switch the contactor ON, and as of ≤ 0.5 x Us min it is
reliably switched OFF. The hysteresis in the switching thresholds
prevents the main contacts from chattering as well as increased
wear or welding when operated in weak, unstable networks.
This also prevents thermal overloading of the contactor coil if
the voltage applied is too low (contactor does not close properly
and is continuously operated with overexcitation).
• Low control power consumption when closing and in the
closed state.
Advantages:
• Signaling through relay contact or AS-i when remaining lifetime
is 20 %, i.e. contact material wear is 80 %
• Additional visual indication of various levels of erosion by means
of LEDs on the laterally mounted solid-state module when
remaining lifetime is 60 % (green), 40 % (orange) and 20 % (red)
• Conventional control by applying the control supply voltage at
A1/A2 through a switching contact.
Note:
The slide switch must be in the "PLC OFF" position
(= setting ex works)
L 1 /L +
N /L -
$ Slide switch must be in
"PLC OFF" position
A 1
D C
1
P L C
O F F O N
A 2
2 4 V
N S B 0 _ 0 1 1 4 4 c
3
Contactors with solid-state operating mechanism
LV1_03.book Seite 13 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
-.PP3.
200-277 V
50-60 Hz
DC
A2
Displays for RLT:
LED green
LED green
LED orange
LED red
RLT Reset
RLT
60%
40%
20%
Reset
H1
H2
300 V
AC/DC
R1
R2
IN
Plug-in
connection
7-pole
RLT
2 control options:
• Contactor control without a coupling link directly through a 24 V DC/
≥ 30 mA PLC output (EN 61131-2) by way of terminals IN+/IN-.
H1
H2
R1
R2
IN
IN
NSB0_01146d
$ Solid-state module of
3RT1. . .-.P contactor
% Plug-in connection, 7-pole
A1 A2
S2
S1
Indication
of remaining
lifetime 20%
PLC output
DC 24 V/30 mA
S1
1
S1
H1
H2
S2
e.g.
SIMOCODE
PLC
other
Indication
of remaining
lifetime 20%
R1
R2
IN
IN
% Plug-in connection, 7-pole
S1 Selector switch for switching
from automatic control, for
example, through SIMOCODE
or PLC relay output to local
control
S2 Local control option
1
2
-.QP3.
200-277 V
To supply the solenoid and the remaining lifetime indicator with
power, the control supply voltage Us must be connected to
terminals A1/A2 of the laterally mounted solid-state module. The
control inputs of the contactor are connected to a 7-pole plug-in
connection; the screwless spring-operated connector is part of
the scope of supply.
• The "Remaining Lifetime RLT" status signal is available at
terminals R1/R2 through a floating relay contact (hard goldplated, enclosed) and can be input to SIMOCODE, PLC or
other devices for processing, for example.
Permissible current-carrying capacity of the R1/R2 relay output:
- Ie/AC-15/24 to 230 V: 3 A
- Ie/DC-13/24 V: 1 A
• LED indications
The following states are indicated by means of LEDs on the
laterally mounted solid-state module:
- contactor ON (energized state): green LED ("ON")
- indication of remaining lifetime
L1/L+
N/L-
A1 A2
$ Solid-state module of
3RT1. . .-.P contactor
3RT1. . .-.Q version: communication-capable with integrated
AS-Interface and indication of remaining lifetime (RLT)
NSB0_01145b
3RT105/3RT145
PROFIBUS DP
NSB0_01147c
24 V
DC
IN
L1/L+
N/L-
Contactor ON
ON
S1 Selector switch for switching
from automatic control
through PLC semiconductor
output to local control
S2 Local control option
2
Possibility of switching from automatic control to local control by
way of terminals H1/H2, i.e. automatic control through PLC or
SIMOCODE/PROFIBUS DP can be deactivated e.g. at start-up
or in the event of a fault and the contactor can be controlled
manually.
A1
AS-i
50-60 Hz
DC
A2
ON
AUTO
ADDR.
Displays for RLT:
LED green
LED green
LED orange
LED red
RLT Reset
RLT
60%
40%
20%
Reset
H1
H2
H3
Bus status
Adress jack
Contactor ON
Automatic
control
300 V
AC/DC
Plug-in
connection
6-pole
SF1
SF2
1
AS-i
2
3
4
3RT105/3RT145
NSB0_01148c
A1
• Contactor control through relay outputs, e.g. by
- PLC
- SIMOCODE
by way of terminals H1/H2. Contact loading: Us/approx. 5 mA.
When operated through SIMOCODE, a communication link to
PROFIBUS DP is also provided.
Plug-in
connection
4-pole
To supply the solenoid and the remaining lifetime indicator with
power, the control supply voltage Us must be connected to terminals
A1/A2 of the laterally mounted solid-state module. The contactor
itself is controlled by way of the integrated AS-Interface interface.
The inputs and outputs are connected to a 10-pole plug-in
connection; the screwless spring-type connections (6-pole for
external connection and 4-pole for AS-Interface connection) are
part of the scope of supply.
• LED indications
The following states are indicated by means of LEDs on the
laterally mounted solid-state module:
- contactor ON (energized state): green LED ("ON")
- automatic/local control: green LED ("AUTO")
- bus status: green/red dual LED ("AS-i")
- remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
• AS-Interface addressing socket "ADDR":
The contactor address can be assigned after installation.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/13
3
3RT1. . .-.P version: for 24 V DC PLC output or
PLC relay output, with remaining lifetime indicator (RLT).
LV1_03.book Seite 14 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
Control circuit:
• Contactor control through AS-Interface by way of terminals
AS-i +/AS-i –. Each of these terminals is jumpered and connected
twice to a 4-pole connector which is separate from the other
control inputs.
Advantages:
- the AS-Interface cable is not interrupted if the plug is pulled out
- the contactor remains functional through the local control inputs
and its own 6-pole connector
• Control signals through AS-i:
- contactor ON/OFF
• Status signals through AS-i:
- contactor ON/OFF
- automatic/Local control
- remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
- signal through free input, e.g. overload relay tripped.
L1/L+
N/LA1 A2
$ Solid-state module of
3RT1. . .-.Q contactor
2
% Plug-in connection, 6-pole
S2
H1
H2
H3
& Plug-in connection, 4-pole
S1 Selector switch for switching
from automatic control,
for example, through
AS-Interface to local
control
S1 open: automatic mode
S1
e.g.
Overload relay
3RB20
SF1
SF2
AS-i
AS-i
AS-i
AS-i
AS-i
S2 Local control option
NSB0_01149c
1
3
Possibility of switching from automatic control to local control by
means of terminals H1/H2/H3, i.e. automatic control through
AS-Interface can be deactivated e.g. during start-up or in the
event of a fault and the contactor can be controlled manually.
7
F
I/O configuration (hex)
ID code (hex)
Power supply
V
26.5 ... 31.6 (according to AS-Interface specification)
AS-Interface power consumption
mA
Max. 20
Contact loading at SF1/2
mA
3 ... 6
Watchdog function (disconnects outputs in the event of AS-Interface fault)
Indication behavior
During operation, the LEDs on the
contactor indicate the states shown
on the right.
LED
AS-Interface
Built-in
States
On
Description of state
On
Flash- Flashing
ing
Station address 0
No AS-Interface communication
AS-Interface communication OK
Contactor diagnostics using the user program
• Inputs
• Outputs
Input signals
DI0
DI1
DI2
DI3
3/14
"Ready"
"Running"
"Remaining lifetime"
"Free input"
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
Device status
Output signals
0
Device not ready/manual operation
DO0
1
Device ready/automatic mode
0
Contactor off
1
Contactor on
0
Remaining lifetime RLT > 20 %
1
Remaining lifetime RLT ≤ 20 %
0
No input signal at SF1/2
1
Input signal at SF1/2
DO1
DO2
DO3
"Running"
Device status
0
Contactor off
1
Contactor on
0
--
1
--
0
--
1
--
0
--
1
--
LV1_03.book Seite 15 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
■ Selection and ordering data
AC operation
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RT10 1.-1A. . .
3RT10 1.-2A. . .
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: up to 60 °C
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Operational
current
Ie up to
Ratings
of induction
motors at
50 Hz
and
Operational
current
Ie up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
3RT10 1.-1AP04-3MA0
3RT10 1.-2AP04-3MA0
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us at 50/60 Hz
Auxiliary
contacts
Ident. Version
No.
Order No.
NO NC V AC
Weight DT Cage Clamp terminals
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
Order No.
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S001)
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
7
3
9
4
12
5.5
18
22
22
10 E
1
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 15-1AB01
3RT10 15-1AF01
3RT10 15-1AP01
0.200 }
0.200 }
0.200 }
3RT10 15-2AB01
3RT10 15-2AF01
3RT10 15-2AP01
0.200
0.200
0.200
01
--
1
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 15-1AB02
3RT10 15-1AF02
3RT10 15-1AP02
0.200 }
0.200 }
0.200 }
3RT10 15-2AB02
3RT10 15-2AF02
3RT10 15-2AP02
0.200
0.200
0.200
10 E
1
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 16-1AB01
3RT10 16-1AF01
3RT10 16-1AP01
0.200 }
0.200 }
0.200 }
3RT10 16-2AB01
3RT10 16-2AF01
3RT10 16-2AP01
0.200
0.200
0.200
01
--
1
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 16-1AB02
3RT10 16-1AF02
3RT10 16-1AP02
0.200 }
0.200 }
0.200 }
3RT10 16-2AB02
3RT10 16-2AF02
3RT10 16-2AP02
0.200
0.200
0.200
10 E
1
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 17-1AB01
3RT10 17-1AF01
3RT10 17-1AP01
0.200 }
0.200 }
0.200 }
3RT10 17-2AB01
3RT10 17-2AF01
3RT10 17-2AP01
0.200
0.200
0.200
01
--
1
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 17-1AB02
3RT10 17-1AF02
3RT10 17-1AP02
0.200 B
0.200 }
0.200 }
3RT10 17-2AB02
3RT10 17-2AF02
3RT10 17-2AP02
0.200
0.200
0.200
Size S001)
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
7
3
18
22 E
2
2
230
}
3RT10 15-1AP04-3MA0
0.250 B
3RT10 15-2AP04-3MA0
0.250
9
4
22
22 E
2
2
230
}
3RT10 16-1AP04-3MA0
0.250 B
3RT10 16-2AP04-3MA0
0.250
12
5.5
22
22 E
2
2
230
}
3RT10 17-1AP04-3MA0
0.250 B
3RT10 17-2AP04-3MA0
0.250
For other voltages see page 3/25, for contactors with permanently mounted auxiliary switch block please inquire.
For accessories, see page 3/100.
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see Appendix -> Ordering notes.
1)
For size S00: coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us,
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/15
LV1_03.book Seite 16 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
AC operation
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RT10 2.-1A.00
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: up to 60 °C
3RT10 2.-3A.00
Ratings
of induction
motors at
50 Hz
and
Operational
current
Ie up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
3RT10 2.-1AL24-3MA0
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us at 50 Hz
Auxiliary
contacts
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Operational
current
Ie up to
3RT10 2.-1A.04
Ident. Version
No.
Order No.
Weight DT Cage Clamp terminals
per PU
for coil terminals
approx.
Price
per PU
Order No.
kg
NO NC V AC
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S0
9
4
401)
--
--
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 23-1AB00
3RT10 23-1AF00
3RT10 23-1AP00
0.350 B
0.350 B
0.350 }
3RT10 23-3AB00
3RT10 23-3AF00
3RT10 23-3AP00
0.350
0.350
0.350
12
5.5
401)
--
--
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 24-1AB00
3RT10 24-1AF00
3RT10 24-1AP00
0.350 B
0.350 B
0.350 }
3RT10 24-3AB00
3RT10 24-3AF00
3RT10 24-3AP00
0.350
0.350
0.350
17
7.5
401)
--
--
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 25-1AB00
3RT10 25-1AF00
3RT10 25-1AP00
0.350 B
0.350 B
0.350 }
3RT10 25-3AB00
3RT10 25-3AF00
3RT10 25-3AP00
0.350
0.350
0.350
25
11
401)
--
--
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 26-1AB00
3RT10 26-1AF00
3RT10 26-1AP00
0.350 B
0.350 B
0.350 }
3RT10 26-3AB00
3RT10 26-3AF00
3RT10 26-3AP00
0.350
0.350
0.350
Size S0
With mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)2)
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
9
4
401)
22 E
2
2
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 23-1AB04
3RT10 23-1AF04
3RT10 23-1AP04
0.400
0.400
0.400
----
12
5.5
401)
22 E
2
2
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 24-1AB04
3RT10 24-1AF04
3RT10 24-1AP04
0.400
0.400
0.400
----
17
7.5
401)
22 E
2
2
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 25-1AB04
3RT10 25-1AF04
3RT10 25-1AP04
0.400
0.400
0.400
----
25
11
401)
22 E
2
2
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 26-1AB04
3RT10 26-1AF04
3RT10 26-1AP04
0.400
0.400
0.400
----
Size S0
With permanently mounted auxiliary
at 50/60 Hz
switch block
V AC
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
12
5.5
401)
22 E
2
2
230
B
3RT10 24-1AL24-3MA0
0.420
--
17
7.5
401)
22 E
2
2
230
A
3RT10 25-1AL24-3MA0
0.420
--
25
11
401)
22 E
2
2
230
A
3RT10 26-1AL24-3MA0
0.420
--
For other voltages see page 3/25, for contactors with permanently mounted auxiliary switch block please inquire.
For accessories, see page 3/101.
For spare parts, see page 3/114.
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see Appendix -> Ordering notes.
1)
2)
Minimum conductor cross-section 10 mm².
Order No. for the auxiliary switch block (removable): 3RH19 21-1HA22
(2NO + 2NC according to EN 50012; 22E).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/16
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 17 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
AC operation
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RT10 3.-1A.00
3RT10 3.-3A.00
Rated data
Auxiliary
contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: up to 60 °C
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Operational
current
Ie up to
Ratings
of induction
motors at
50 Hz
and
Operational
current
Ie up to
500 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
3RT10 3.-1A.04
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us at 50 Hz
Ident. Version
No.
Order No.
NO NC V AC
Weight DT Cage Clamp terminals
per PU
for coil terminals
approx.
Price
per PU
Order No.
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S2
32
15
50
--
--
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 34-1AB00
3RT10 34-1AF00
3RT10 34-1AP00
0.850 B
0.850 B
0.850 }
3RT10 34-3AB00
3RT10 34-3AF00
3RT10 34-3AP00
0.850
0.850
0.850
40
18.5
60
--
--
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 35-1AB00
3RT10 35-1AF00
3RT10 35-1AP00
0.850 B
0.850 B
0.850 }
3RT10 35-3AB00
3RT10 35-3AF00
3RT10 35-3AP00
0.850
0.850
0.850
50
22
60
--
--
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 36-1AB00
3RT10 36-1AF00
3RT10 36-1AP00
0.850 B
0.850 B
0.850 }
3RT10 36-3AB00
3RT10 36-3AF00
3RT10 36-3AP00
0.850
0.850
0.850
Size S2
With mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)1)
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
32
15
50
22 E
2
2
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 34-1AB04
3RT10 34-1AF04
3RT10 34-1AP04
0.950
0.950
0.950
----
40
18.5
60
22 E
2
2
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 35-1AB04
3RT10 35-1AF04
3RT10 35-1AP04
0.950
0.950
0.950
----
50
22
60
22 E
2
2
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 36-1AB04
3RT10 36-1AF04
3RT10 36-1AP04
0.950
0.950
0.950
----
For other voltages see page 3/25, for contactors with mounted auxiliary switch block please inquire.
For accessories, see page 3/101.
For spare parts, see page 3/114.
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see Appendix -> Ordering notes.
1)
Order No. for the auxiliary switch block (removable): 3RH19 21-1HA22
(2NO + 2NC according to EN 50012; 22E).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/17
LV1_03.book Seite 18 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
AC operation
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RT10 4.-1A.00
3RT10 4.-3A.00
Rated data
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us at 50 Hz
Auxiliary
contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: up to 60 °C
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Operational
current
Ie up to
Ratings
of induction
motors at
50 Hz
and
Operational
current
Ie up to
500 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
Ident. Version
No.
Order No.
Weight DT Cage Clamp terminals
per PU
for coil terminals
approx.
Price
per PU
NO NC V AC
Order No.
kg
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm and 75 mm standard mounting rail
Size S3
65
30
100
--
--
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 44-1AB00
3RT10 44-1AF00
3RT10 44-1AP00
1.800 B
1.800 B
1.800 }
3RT10 44-3AB00
3RT10 44-3AF00
3RT10 44-3AP00
1.800
1.800
1.800
80
37
120
--
--
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 45-1AB00
3RT10 45-1AF00
3RT10 45-1AP00
1.800 B
1.800 B
1.800 }
3RT10 45-3AB00
3RT10 45-3AF00
3RT10 45-3AP00
1.800
1.800
1.800
95
45
120
--
--
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 46-1AB00
3RT10 46-1AF00
3RT10 46-1AP00
1.800 B
1.800 B
1.800 }
3RT10 46-3AB00
3RT10 46-3AF00
3RT10 46-3AP00
1.800
1.800
1.800
Size S3
With mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)1)
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
65
30
100
22 E
2
2
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RT10 44-1AB04
3RT10 44-1AF04
3RT10 44-1AP04
1.950
1.950
1.950
----
80
37
120
22 E
2
2
24
110
230
B
}
}
3RT10 45-1AB04
3RT10 45-1AF04
3RT10 45-1AP04
1.950
1.950
1.950
----
95
45
120
22 E
2
2
24
110
230
B
}
}
3RT10 46-1AB04
3RT10 46-1AF04
3RT10 46-1AP04
1.950
1.950
1.950
----
For other voltages see page 3/25, for contactors with mounted auxiliary switch block please inquire.
For accessories, see page 3/101.
For spare parts, see page 3/115.
1)
Order No. for the auxiliary switch block (removable): 3RH19 21-1HA22
(2NO + 2NC according to EN 50012; 22E).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/18
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 19 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
DC operation · DC solenoid system
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RT10 1.-1B. . .
3RT10 1.-2B. . .
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: up to 60 °C
Auxiliary
contacts
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Operational
current
Ie up to
Ratings
of induction
motors at
50 Hz
and
Operational
current
Ie up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
3RT10 1.-1BB44-3MA0
3RT10 1.-2BB44-3MA0
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us
Ident. Version
No.
Order No.
NO NC V DC
Weight DT Cage Clamp terminals
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
Order No.
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S00
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
7
9
12
3
4
5.5
18
22
22
10 E
1
--
24
220
}
A
3RT10 15-1BB41
3RT10 15-1BM41
0.260 }
0.260 B
3RT10 15-2BB41
3RT10 15-2BM41
0.260
0.260
01
--
1
24
220
}
B
3RT10 15-1BB42
3RT10 15-1BM42
0.260 }
0.260 B
3RT10 15-2BB42
3RT10 15-2BM42
0.260
0.260
10 E
1
--
24
220
}
B
3RT10 16-1BB41
3RT10 16-1BM41
0.260 }
0.260 B
3RT10 16-2BB41
3RT10 16-2BM41
0.260
0.260
01
--
1
24
220
}
B
3RT10 16-1BB42
3RT10 16-1BM42
0.260 }
0.260 B
3RT10 16-2BB42
3RT10 16-2BM42
0.260
0.260
10 E
1
--
24
220
}
B
3RT10 17-1BB41
3RT10 17-1BM41
0.260 }
0.260 B
3RT10 17-2BB41
3RT10 17-2BM41
0.260
0.260
01
--
1
24
220
}
B
3RT10 17-1BB42
3RT10 17-1BM42
0.260 }
0.260 B
3RT10 17-2BB42
3RT10 17-2BM42
0.260
0.260
Size S00
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
7
3
18
22 E
2
2
24
}
3RT10 15-1BB44-3MA0
0.308 B
3RT10 15-2BB44-3MA0
0.300
9
4
22
22 E
2
2
24
}
3RT10 16-1BB44-3MA0
0.300 A
3RT10 16-2BB44-3MA0
0.300
12
5.5
22
22 E
2
2
24
}
3RT10 17-1BB44-3MA0
0.300 B
3RT10 17-2BB44-3MA0
0.300
For other voltages see page 3/25, for contactors with permanently mounted auxiliary switch block please inquire.
For accessories, see page 3/100.
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see Appendix -> Ordering notes.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/19
LV1_03.book Seite 20 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
DC operation · DC solenoid system
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RT10 2.-1B.40
3RT10 2.-3B.40
Rated data
Auxiliary
contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: up to 60 °C
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Operational
current
Ie up to
Ratings
of induction
motors at
50 Hz
and
Operational
current
Ie up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
3RT10 2.-3B.44
3RT10 2.-1BB44-3MA0
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us
Ident. Version
No.
Order No.
NO NC V DC
Weight DT Cage Clamp terminals
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
Order No.
kg
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rails
Size S0
9
4
401)
--
--
--
24
220
}
B
3RT10 23-1BB40
3RT10 23-1BM40
0.580 }
0.580 B
3RT10 23-3BB40
3RT10 23-3BM40
0.580
0.580
12
5.5
401)
--
--
--
24
220
}
A
3RT10 24-1BB40
3RT10 24-1BM40
0.580 }
0.580 B
3RT10 24-3BB40
3RT10 24-3BM40
0.580
0.580
17
7.5
401)
--
--
--
24
220
}
A
3RT10 25-1BB40
3RT10 25-1BM40
0.580 }
0.580 B
3RT10 25-3BB40
3RT10 25-3BM40
0.580
0.580
25
11
401)
--
--
--
24
220
}
A
3RT10 26-1BB40
3RT10 26-1BM40
0.580 }
0.580 B
3RT10 26-3BB40
3RT10 26-3BM40
0.580
0.580
Size S0
With mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)2)
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
9
4
401)
22 E
2
2
24
220
}
B
3RT10 23-1BB44
3RT10 23-1BM44
0.650
0.650
---
12
5.5
401)
22 E
2
2
24
220
}
B
3RT10 24-1BB44
3RT10 24-1BM44
0.650
0.650
---
17
7.5
401)
22 E
2
2
24
220
}
B
3RT10 25-1BB44
3RT10 25-1BM44
0.650
0.650
---
25
11
401)
22 E
2
2
24
220
}
B
3RT10 26-1BB44
3RT10 26-1BM44
0.650
0.650
---
Size S0
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
12
5.5
401)
22 E
2
2
24
A
3RT10 24-1BB44-3MA0
0.650
--
17
7.5
401)
22 E
2
2
24
A
3RT10 25-1BB44-3MA0
0.650
--
25
11
401)
22 E
2
2
24
A
3RT10 26-1BB44-3MA0
0.650
--
For other voltages see page 3/25, for contactors with mounted auxiliary switch block please inquire.
For accessories, see page 3/101.
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see Appendix -> Ordering notes.
1)
2)
Minimum conductor cross-section 10 mm².
Order No. for the auxiliary switch block (removable): 3RH19 21-1HA22
(2NO + 2NC according to EN 50012; 22E).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/20
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 21 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
DC operation · DC solenoid system
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RT10 3.-1B.40
3RT10 4.-1B.40
Rated data
Auxiliary
contacts
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: up to 60 °C
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C
Operational
current
Ie up to
Ratings
of induction
motors at
50 Hz
and
Operational
current
Ie up to
500 V
400 V
690 V
A
kW
A
3RT10 3.-3B.40
3RT10 4.-3B.40
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply
voltage Us
Ident. Version
No.
Order No.
3RT10 4.-1B.44
Weight DT Cage Clamp terminals
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
NO NC V DC
Order No.
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S2
32
15
50
--
--
--
24
220
}
A
3RT10 34-1BB40
3RT10 34-1BM40
1.450 }
1.450 B
3RT10 34-3BB40
3RT10 34-3BM40
1.450
1.450
40
18.5
60
--
--
--
24
220
}
B
3RT10 35-1BB40
3RT10 35-1BM40
1.450 }
1.450 B
3RT10 35-3BB40
3RT10 35-3BM40
1.450
1.450
50
22
60
--
--
--
24
220
}
B
3RT10 36-1BB40
3RT10 36-1BM40
1.450 }
1.450 A
3RT10 36-3BB40
3RT10 36-3BM40
1.450
1.450
Size S2
With mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)1)
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
32
15
50
22 E
2
2
24
220
}
A
3RT10 34-1BB44
3RT10 34-1BM44
1.550
1.550
---
40
18.5
60
22 E
2
2
24
220
}
B
3RT10 35-1BB44
3RT10 35-1BM44
1.550
1.550
---
50
22
60
22 E
2
2
24
220
}
B
3RT10 36-1BB44
3RT10 36-1BM44
1.550
1.550
---
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm and 75 mm standard mounting rail
Size S3
65
30
100
--
--
--
24
220
}
B
3RT10 44-1BB40
3RT10 44-1BM40
2.800 }
2.800 B
3RT10 44-3BB40
3RT10 44-3BM40
2.800
2.800
80
37
120
--
--
--
24
220
}
B
3RT10 45-1BB40
3RT10 45-1BM40
2.800 }
2.800 B
3RT10 45-3BB40
3RT10 45-3BM40
2.800
2.800
95
45
120
--
--
--
24
220
}
B
3RT10 46-1BB40
3RT10 46-1BM40
2.800 }
2.800 B
3RT10 46-3BB40
3RT10 46-3BM40
2.800
2.800
Size S3
With mounted auxiliary switch block (removable)1)
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
65
30
100
22 E
2
2
24
220
}
B
3RT10 44-1BB44
3RT10 44-1BM44
2.900
2.900
---
80
37
120
22 E
2
2
24
220
}
B
3RT10 45-1BB44
3RT10 45-1BM44
2.900
2.900
---
95
45
120
22 E
2
2
24
220
}
B
3RT10 46-1BB44
3RT10 46-1BM44
2.900
2.900
---
For other voltages see page 3/25, for contactors with mounted auxiliary switch block please inquire.
For accessories, see page 3/101.
For spare parts, see page 3/115.
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see Appendix -> Ordering notes.
1)
Order No. for the auxiliary switch block (removable): 3RH19 21-1HA22
(2NO + 2NC according to EN 50012; 22E).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/21
LV1_03.book Seite 22 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3
AC/DC operation (40 Hz to 60 Hz, DC)
Auxiliary and control conductors: screw terminals
Withdrawable coils
Integrated coil circuit (Varistor)
Main conductors: busbar connections, for 3RT10 54 (55 kW) box terminals1)
3RT1. 5.
Size
3RT1. 6.
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: up to 60 °C
Operational
current
Ie up to
3RT1. 7.
Auxiliary
contacts,
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C lateral
Ratings of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
Operational
current
Ie up to
500 V
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
A
Rated control DT
supply
voltage Us
Version
Order No.
NO
NC
V AC/DC
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Conventional operating mechanism
S6
S10
S12
115
37
55
75
110
160
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
}
}
3RT10 54-1AF36
3RT10 54-1AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
3.600
3.600
150
45
75
90
132
185
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
}
}
3RT10 55-6AF36
3RT10 55-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
3.500
3.500
185
55
90
110
160
215
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
}
}
3RT10 56-6AF36
3RT10 56-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
3.500
3.500
225
55
110
160
200
275
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
}
}
3RT10 64-6AF36
3RT10 64-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
6.500
6.500
265
75
132
160
250
330
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
}
}
3RT10 65-6AF36
3RT10 65-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
6.500
6.500
300
90
160
200
250
330
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
}
}
3RT10 66-6AF36
3RT10 66-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
6.500
6.500
400
132
200
250
400
430
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
}
}
3RT10 75-6AF36
3RT10 75-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
10.500
10.500
500
160
250
355
400
610
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
}
}
3RT10 76-6AF36
3RT10 76-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
10.500
10.500
Cage Clamp terminals
Order No.
Price
per PU
Conventional operating mechanism
S6
S10
S12
115
37
55
75
110
160
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
B
B
3RT10 54-3AF36
3RT10 54-3AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
3.600
3.600
150
45
75
90
132
185
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
B
B
3RT10 55-2AF36
3RT10 55-2AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
3.600
3.600
185
55
90
110
160
215
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
B
B
3RT10 56-2AF36
3RT10 56-2AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
3.600
3.600
225
55
110
160
200
275
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
B
B
3RT10 64-2AF36
3RT10 64-2AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
6.600
6.600
265
75
132
160
250
330
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
B
B
3RT10 65-2AF36
3RT10 65-2AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
6.600
6.600
300
90
160
200
250
330
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
B
B
3RT10 66-2AF36
3RT10 66-2AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
6.600
6.600
400
132
200
250
400
430
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
B
B
3RT10 75-2AF36
3RT10 75-2AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
10.500
10.500
500
160
250
355
400
610
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
B
B
3RT10 76-2AF36
3RT10 76-2AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
10.500
10.500
For additional voltages see page 3/25.
For accessories see page 3/101.
For spare parts, see page 3/116.
1)
Alternatively the 3RT10 54-1 contactor (55 kW) can be supplied with busbar
connections instead of box terminals. Without additional charge.
In the 8th position of the Order No. the "1" must be replaced with "6" for
screw terminals, e.g. 3RT10 54-6A.36; for Cage Clamp terminals the "3"
must be replaced by "2", e.g. 3RT10 54-2A.36.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/22
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 23 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
AC/DC operation (40 Hz to 60 Hz, DC)
Auxiliary and control conductors: screw terminals
Withdrawable coils
Integrated coil circuit (Varistor)
Main conductors: busbar connections, for 3RT10 54 (55 kW) box terminals1)
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: up to 60 °C
Auxiliary Rated control DT
contacts, supply voltage
AC-1,
Us
Tu: 40 °C lateral
Screw terminals
Operational
current
Ie up to
Order No.
Operational
current
Ie up to
Ratings of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
500 V
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
A
Version
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
3
Size
kg
NO NC V AC/DC
Solid-state operating mechanism · for 24 V DC PLC output
S6
S10
S12
115
37
55
75
110
160
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
A
}
3RT10 54-1NF36
3RT10 54-1NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
3.500
3.500
150
45
75
90
132
185
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
A
}
3RT10 55-6NF36
3RT10 55-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
3.500
3.500
185
55
90
110
160
215
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
A
}
3RT10 56-6NF36
3RT10 56-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
3.500
3.500
225
55
110
160
200
275
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
A
A
3RT10 64-6NF36
3RT10 64-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
6.700
6.700
265
75
132
160
250
330
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
A
A
3RT10 65-6NF36
3RT10 65-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
6.700
6.700
300
90
160
200
250
330
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
A
3RT10 66-6NF36
3RT10 66-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
6.700
6.700
400
132
200
250
400
430
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
A
A
3RT10 75-6NF36
3RT10 75-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
10.500
10.500
500
160
250
355
400
610
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
A
A
3RT10 76-6NF36
3RT10 76-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
10.500
10.500
Cage Clamp terminals
Order No.
Price
per PU
Solid-state operating mechanism · for 24 V DC PLC output
S6
S10
S12
115
37
55
75
110
160
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 54-3NF36
3RT10 54-3NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
3.500
3.500
150
45
75
90
132
185
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 55-2NF36
3RT10 55-2NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
3.500
3.500
185
55
90
110
160
215
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 56-2NF36
3RT10 56-2NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
3.500
3.500
225
55
110
160
200
275
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 64-2NF36
3RT10 64-2NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
6.700
6.700
265
75
132
160
250
330
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 65-2NF36
3RT10 65-2NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
6.700
6.700
300
90
160
200
250
330
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 66-2NF36
3RT10 66-2NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
6.700
6.700
400
132
200
250
400
430
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 75-2NF36
3RT10 75-2NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
10.500
10.500
500
160
250
355
400
610
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 76-2NF36
3RT10 76-2NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
10.500
10.500
For additional voltages see page 3/25.
For accessories see page 3/101.
For spare parts, see page 3/114.
1)
Alternatively the 3RT10 54-1 contactor (55 kW) can be supplied with busbar
connections instead of box terminals. Without additional charge.
In the 8th position of the Order No. the "1" must be replaced with "6" for
screw terminals, e.g. 3RT10 54-6A.36; for Cage Clamp terminals the "3"
must be replaced by "2", e.g. 3RT10 54-2A.36.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/23
LV1_03.book Seite 24 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
3
AC/DC operation (40 Hz to 60 Hz, DC)
Auxiliary and control conductors: screw terminals
Withdrawable coils
Integrated coil circuit (Varistor)
Main conductors: busbar connections, for 3RT10 54 (55 kW) box terminals1)
Remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
3RT10 56-6P. .
Size
3RT10 56-6Q. .
Rated data
Auxiliary Rated control DT
contacts, supply voltage
AC-1,
Us
Tu: 40 °C lateral
Screw terminals
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: up to 60 °C
Operational
current
Ie up to
Ratings of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
Operational
current
Ie up to
Order No.
500 V
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
A
NO
NC
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
V AC/DC
Solid-state operating mechanism for 24 V DC PLC output/
PLC relay output, with remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
S6
S10
S12
115
37
55
75
110
160
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 54-1PF35
3RT10 54-1PP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
4.000
4.000
150
45
75
90
132
185
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 55-6PF35
3RT10 55-6PP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
4.000
4.000
185
55
90
110
160
215
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 56-6PF35
3RT10 56-6PP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
4.000
4.000
225
55
110
160
200
275
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 64-6PF35
3RT10 64-6PP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
7.000
7.000
265
75
132
160
250
330
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 65-6PF35
3RT10 65-6PP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
7.000
7.000
300
90
160
200
250
330
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 66-6PF35
3RT10 66-6PP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
7.000
7.000
400
132
200
250
400
430
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 75-6PF35
3RT10 75-6PP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
10.500
10.500
500
160
250
355
400
610
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 76-6PF35
3RT10 76-6PP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
10.500
10.500
Solid-state operating mechanism · with AS-Interface and
remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
S6
S10
S12
115
37
55
75
110
160
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 54-1QF35
3RT10 54-1QP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
4.000
4.000
150
45
75
90
132
185
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 55-6QF35
3RT10 55-6QP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
4.000
4.000
185
55
90
110
160
215
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 56-6QF35
3RT10 56-6QP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
4.000
4.000
225
55
110
160
200
275
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 64-6QF35
3RT10 64-6QP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
7.000
7.000
265
75
132
160
250
330
1
1
96 … 127
00 … 277
B
B
3RT10 65-6QF35
3RT10 65-6QP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
7.000
7.000
300
90
160
200
250
330
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 66-6QF35
3RT10 66-6QP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
7.000
7.000
400
132
200
250
400
430
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 75-6QF35
3RT10 75-6QP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
10.500
10.500
500
160
250
355
400
610
1
1
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT10 76-6QF35
3RT10 76-6QP35
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
10.500
10.500
For additional voltages see page 3/25.
For accessories see page 3/101.
For spare parts, see page 3/116.
1)
Alternatively the 3RT10 54-1 contactor (55 kW) can be supplied with busbar
connections instead of box terminals.
Without additional charge. In the 8th position of the Order No. the "1" must
be replaced with "6", e.g. 3RT10 54-6. .35.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/24
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 25 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT10 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 250 kW
Rated control supply voltages (the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
Contactor type
3RT10 1
Rated control supply voltage Us
3RT10 2,
3RT10 3,
3RT10 4
3RT14 4
3RT13 1,
3RT15 1
3RT13 2 ... 3RT13 4,
3RT15 2 and 3RT15 3
3RT16
Sizes S00 ... S3
AC operation1)
24 V AC
42 V AC
48 V AC
110 V AC
230 V AC
400 V AC
B0
D0
H0
F0
P0
V0
B0
D0
H0
F0
P0
V0
B0
D0
H0
F0
P0
V0
B0
D0
H0
F0
P0
V0
B0
--F0
P0
V0
B0
--F0
P0
V0
B0
D0
H0
F0
N2
P0
C2
D2
H2
G2
N2
L2
C2
D2
H2
G2
N2
L2
B0
D0
H0
F0
N2
P0
C2
D2
H2
G2
N2
L2
C2
--G2
N2
L2
K6
P6
K6
P6
K6
P6
K6
P6
K6
P6
K6
P6
G6
N6
R6
G6
N6
R6
G6
N6
R6
G6
N6
R6
G6
N6
R6
G6
N6
R6
A4
B4
D4
W4
E4
F4
G4
M4
P4
-B4
D4
W4
E4
F4
G4
M4
P4
-B4
D4
W4
E4
F4
G4
M4
P4
A4
B4
D4
W4
-F4
G4
M4
P4
-B4
D4
--F4
G4
M4
--
----------
3
Magnetic coils for 50 Hz (exception: size S00: 50 and 60 Hz2))
Magnetic coils for 50 and 60 Hz2)
24 V AC
42 V AC
48 V AC
110 V AC
220 V AC
230 V AC
Magnetic coils (for USA and Canada3))
50 Hz
60 Hz
110 V AC
220 V AC
120 V AC
240 V AC
Magnetic coils (for Japan)
50/60 Hz4)
60 Hz5)
100 V AC
200 V AC
400 V AC
110 V AC
220 V AC
440 V AC
DC operation1)
12 V DC
24 V DC
42 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
125 V DC
220 V DC
230 V DC
Sizes S6 ... S12
AC/DC operation (AC 40 ... 60 Hz, DC)
Conventional operating mechanism
Contactor type
Us min ... Us max6)
23 ... 26 V AC/DC
42 ... 48 V AC/DC
110 ... 127 V AC/DC
200 ... 220 V AC/DC
220 ... 240 V AC/DC
3RT1. 5.-.A
3RT1. 6.-.A
3RT1. 7.-.A
Us min ... Us max6)
B3
D3
F3
M3
P3
240 ... 277 V AC/DC
380 ... 420 V AC/DC
440 ... 480 V AC/DC
500 ... 550 V AC/DC
575 ... 600 V AC/DC
Contactor type
3RT1. 5.-.A
3RT1. 6.-.A
3RT1. 7.-.A
U3
V3
R3
S3
T3
Solid-state operating mechanism
Contactor type
Us min ... Us max6)
21 ... 27.3 V AC/DC
96 ... 127 V AC/DC
200 ... 277 V AC/DC
3RT1. 5.-.N
3RT1. 6.-.N
3RT1. 7.-.N
3RT1. 5.-.P/Q
3RT1. 6.-.P/Q
3RT1. 7.-.P/Q
B3
F3
P3
-F3
P3
Examples
AC operating
mechanism
DC operating
mechanism
1)
3RT10 23-1AP00
Contactor with screw terminals; with magnetic coil for 50 Hz for rated control supply voltage 230 V AC.
3RT10 23-1AG20
Contactor with screw terminals; with magnetic coil for 50/60 Hz for rated control supply voltage 110 V AC.
3RT10 34-3BB40
Contactor with Cage Clamp terminals; for rated control supply voltage 24 V DC.
3RT10 34-3BG40
Contactor with Cage Clamp terminals; for rated control supply voltage 125 V DC.
For deviating coil voltages and coil operating ranges of sizes S00 and S0,
the 24 V DC SITOP Power power supply with wide range input (93 to 264 V AC;
30 to 264 V DC) can be used for coil excitation (see "Power Supplies" -->
"SITOP Power Power Supplies").
2)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us.
3)
Coil operating range
Size S00:
at 50 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us
Sizes S0 to S3:
at 50 Hz and 60 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us.
4)
Coil operating range
Size S00:
at 50/60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us
Sizes S0 to S3:
at 50 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us.
5)
Coil operating range at 60 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us.
6)
Operating range:
0.8 x Us min to 1.1 x Us max.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/25
LV1_03.book Seite 26 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3RT12 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 110 ... 250 kW
■ Overview
• 3RT12 vacuum contactors for switching motors
Withdrawable coils
Operating mechanism types
For simple coil replacement, e.g. if the application is replaced,
the magnetic coil can be pulled out upwards after the release
mechanism has been actuated and can be replaced by any
other coil of the same size.
Two types of solenoid operation are available:
• Conventional operating mechanism, version 3RT12. .-.A
• Solid-state operating mechanism, version 3RT12. .-.N
3
UC operation
The contactors can be operated with AC (40 to 60 Hz) as well as
with DC.
Auxiliary contact complement
The contactors can be fitted with up to 8 lateral auxiliary contacts
(identical auxiliary switch blocks from S0 to S12). Of these, no
more than 4 are permitted to be NC contacts.
■ Selection and ordering data
AC/DC operation (40 Hz to 60 Hz, DC)
Auxiliary and control conductors: screw terminals
Withdrawable coils
Integrated coil circuit (Varistor)
Main conductors: busbar connections
3RT12 7.
Size
3RT12 7.
Rated data
Auxiliary Rated control
contacts, supply voltage Us
AC-1,
Tu: 40 °C lateral
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: up to 60 °C
Operational
current
Ie up to
Ratings of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
Operational
current
Ie up to
1000 V
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 1000 V
A
kW
kW
kW
DT
kW
Order No.
A
NO NC V AC/DC
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Conventional operating mechanism
S10
S12
225
55
110
160
200
330
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
A
A
3RT12 64-6AF36
3RT12 64-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
7.300
7.300
265
75
132
160
250
330
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
A
A
3RT12 65-6AF36
3RT12 65-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
7.300
7.300
300
90
160
200
250
330
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
A
A
3RT12 66-6AF36
3RT12 66-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
7.300
7.300
400
132
200
250
400
610
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
A
A
3RT12 75-6AF36
3RT12 75-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
10.500
10.500
500
160
250
355
500
610
2
2
110 … 127
220 … 240
A
A
3RT12 76-6AF36
3RT12 76-6AP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
10.500
10.500
Solid-state operating mechanism · for 24 V DC PLC output
S10
S12
225
55
110
160
200
330
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT12 64-6NF36
3RT12 64-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
7.300
7.300
265
75
132
160
250
330
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT12 65-6NF36
3RT12 65-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
7.300
7.300
300
90
160
200
250
330
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT12 66-6NF36
3RT12 66-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
7.300
7.300
400
132
200
250
400
610
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT12 75-6NF36
3RT12 75-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
10.500
10.500
500
160
250
355
500
610
2
2
96 … 127
200 … 277
B
B
3RT12 76-6NF36
3RT12 76-6NP36
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
10.500
10.500
For other voltages, see page 3/25.
For more 3TF68/69 vacuum contactors (335 kW and 450 kW), see page 3/27.
For accessories, see page 3/103.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/26
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 27 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF6 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 335 ... 450 kW
■ Selection and ordering data
Auxiliary and control conductors: screw terminals
Main conductors: busbar connections
Size 14
A 1
A 2
3 T F 6 8 ,
3 T F 6 9
V
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)
V
6
The 3TF68/69 contactors are climate-proof.
B a r
c o n n e c tio n
1 m
N S B
0 1 3 7 4
Terminal covers may have to be fitted onto the connecting bars,
depending on the configuration with other devices (see Accessories
and Spare Parts on page 3/117).
3TF68
Auxil- Rated control
DT
iary
supply voltage
con- Us
tacts
AC-2 and AC-3 (up to 55 °C)
AC-1
Opera- Ratings of induction
tional
motors at 50 Hz and
current Ie
up to
690 V
Rated opera- Vertional current sion
Ie
(at 40 °C)
C o n tro l
c o n ta c to r
3TF6. 33-.Q.7
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
Order No.
3 T C 4 4
3
They are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
Rated data
M a in
c o n ta c to r
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 1000 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
A
NO NC V
kg
AC operation1) 2) · 50/60 Hz
630
200
335
434
600
--
700
4
4
110 ... 132 AC
200 ... 240 AC
A
A
3TF68 44-0CF7
3TF68 44-0CM7
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
20.000
20.000
630
200
335
434
600
600
700
4
4
110 ... 132 AC
200 ... 240 AC
D
B
3TF68 44-8CF7
3TF68 44-8CM7
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
20.000
20.000
820
260
450
600
800
--
910
4
4
110 ... 132 AC
200 ... 240 AC
A
A
3TF69 44-0CF7
3TF69 44-0CM7
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
22.200
22.200
820
260
450
600
800
800
910
4
4
110 ... 132 AC
200 ... 240 AC
D
D
3TF69 44-8CF7
3TF69 44-8CM7
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
22.200
22.200
DC operation · DC economy circuit
630
200
335
434
600
-600
700
3
3
24 DC
D
D
3TF68 33-1DB4
3TF68 33-8DB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
19.500
19.500
820
260
450
600
800
-800
910
3
3
24 DC
D
D
3TF69 33-1DB4
3TF69 33-8DB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
22.500
22.500
AC operation · 50/60 Hz ·
Version for AC controls which are subject to strong interference
630
200
335
434
600
820
260
450
600
800
--
700
3
3
110 ... 120 AC
220 ... 240 AC
380 ... 420 AC
C
D
D
3TF68 33-1QG7
3TF68 33-1QL7
3TF68 33-1QV7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
21.000
21.000
21.000
600
700
3
3
220 ... 240 AC
D
3TF68 33-8QL7
1
1 unit
101
21.000
--
910
3
3
110 ... 120 AC
220 ... 240 AC
380 ... 420 AC
D
D
D
3TF69 33-1QG7
3TF69 33-1QL7
3TF69 33-1QV7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
23.000
23.000
23.000
800
910
3
3
110 ... 120 AC
220 ... 240 AC
D
D
3TF69 33-8QG7
3TF69 33-8QL7
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
23.000
23.000
3TC44 17-4A . . reversing contactors included in the scope of supply.
For accessories, see page 3/119, for spare parts, see page 3/129.
1)
2)
Built-in surge suppression: varistor circuit.
For EMC see Technical Information LV 1 T.
3TF68/69 vacuum contactors are supplied with integrated overvoltage damping
for the main current paths (for description see Technical Information LV 1 T).
The surge suppression circuit is not required for operation in circuits with
DC choppers, frequency converters or speed-variable operating mechanisms,
for example. It could be damaged by the voltage peaks and harmonics
and cause phase-to-phase short-circuits. For this reason, the contactors
can also be supplied without integrated overvoltage damping. Without
additional charge.
The order number must include "-Z" and the order code "A02".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/27
LV1_03.book Seite 28 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF6 vacuum contactors, 3-pole, 335 ... 450 kW
Rated control supply voltages (the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
Contactor type
3TF68 . .-.C/D, 3TF69 . .-.C/D
AC operation
Magnetic coils for 50/60 Hz
110 ... 132 V AC
200 ... 240 V AC
230 ... 277 V AC
F7
M7
P7
380 ... 460 V AC
500 ... 600 V AC
Q7
S7
3
DC operation
24 V DC
110 V DC
B4
F4
125 V DC
220 V DC
G4
M4
230 V DC
P4
3/28
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 29 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3TB5 contactors with DC solenoid system,
3-pole, 55 ... 200 kW
■ Selection and ordering data
3
Auxiliary and control conductors: screw terminals
Main conductors: busbar connections
3TB50
Size
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3 (up to 55 °C)
Operational
current
Ie up to
AC-1
Ratings of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
Rated control
supply voltage Us
DT
OperaVersion
tional
current Ie
(at 40 °C)
690 V
kW
Auxiliary
contacts
kW
A
NO
NC
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
V DC
kg
DC operation · DC solenoid system
6
110
37
55
75
90
170
2
2
24
A
3TB50 17-0BB4
1 1 unit
101
8
170
55
90
110
132
230
2
2
24
B
3TB52 17-0BB4
1 1 unit
101
6.500
8.500
10
250
75
132
160
200
325
2
2
24
D
3TB54 17-0BB4
1 1 unit
101
16.500
12
400
115
200
255
355
425
2
2
24
D
3TB56 17-0BB4
1 1 unit
101
16.500
For accessories, see page 3/119.
For spare parts, see page 3/127.
Rated control supply voltages (the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
Contactor type
3TB50/3TB52/3TB54
3TB56
B4
F4
M4
B4
-M4
Rated control supply voltage Us
DC operation
24 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/29
LV1_03.book Seite 30 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF2 contactors, 3-pole, 2.2 ... 4 kW
■ Overview
The contactors are available in versions with screw terminals,
6.3 mm plug-in connections and solder pin connections for soldering
in printed circuit boards.
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947 (VDE 0660).
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate.
The contactors with screw terminals are finger-safe according to
EN 50274.
3
■ Selection and ordering data
Size 00
AC-1: operational current Ie = 16 A (at 55 °C)
Screw terminals
Rated data
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
Auxiliary
contacts
Ratings of induction
Operamotors at 50 Hz and
tional
current Ie
Ident.
No.
at 400/
380 V
230/ 400/ 500 V 690/
220 V 380 V
660 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
DT
Screw terminals/
Flat/solder pin connections
Version
Order No.
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
NO NC
kg
Contactors with screw terminals ·
for screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
AC operation
5
1.3
2.2
2.9
3.8
10E
01E
1
--
-1
B
B
3TF28 10-0AP0
3TF28 01-0AP0
9
2.4
4
4
4
10E
01E
1
--
-1
A
A
3TF20 10-0AP0
3TF20 01-0AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.200
0.200
0.200
1
1 unit
101
0.200
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.220
0.220
0.220
1
1 unit
101
0.220
DC operation · DC solenoid system
3TF20 . .-0. . .,
3TF28 . .-0. . .
5
1.3
2.2
2.9
3.8
10E
01E
1
--
-1
B
B
3TF28 10-0BB4
3TF28 01-0BB4
9
2.4
4
4
4
10E
01E
1
--
-1
A
A
3TF20 10-0BB4
3TF20 01-0BB4
Contactors with 6.3 mm x 0.8 mm flat connectors ·
for screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
AC operation
9
2.4
4
4
--
1
--
-1
C
C
3TF20 10-3AP0
3TF20 01-3AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.170
0.170
10E
01E
1
--
-1
C
C
3TF20 10-3BB4
3TF20 01-3BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.190
0.190
10E
01E
1
--
-1
C
C
3TF20 10-7AP0
3TF20 01-7AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.160
0.160
1
--
-1
C
C
3TF20 10-7BB4
3TF20 01-7BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.190
0.190
10E
01E
DC operation · DC solenoid system
9
2.4
4
4
--
3TF20. .-3. . .
Contactors with 6.3 mm x 0.8 mm flat connectors ·
for screw mounting (diagonal)
AC operation
9
2.4
4
4
--
DC operation · DC solenoid system
9
2.4
4
4
--
10E
01E
3TF20. .-7. . .
Contactors with solder pin connections for printed circuit boards ·
for screw mounting (diagonal)
AC operation
9
2.4
4
4
--
10E
01E
1
--
-1
C
C
3TF20 10-6AP0
3TF20 01-6AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.160
0.160
1
--
-1
C
C
3TF20 10-6BB4
3TF20 01-6BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.190
0.190
DC operation · DC solenoid system
9
2.4
4
4
--
10E
01E
3TF20. .-6. . .
For accessories, see page 3/121.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/30
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 31 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3TB, 3TF Contactors for Switching Motors
3TF2 contactors, 3-pole, 2.2 ... 4 kW
Rated data
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
Auxiliary
contacts
Ratings of induction
Operamotors at 50 Hz and
tional
current Ie
Ident.
No.
at 400/
380 V
230/ 400/ 500 V 690/
220 V 380 V
660 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
DT
Version
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
NO NC
kg
3
Contactors with permanently mounted auxiliary switch blocks with
screw terminals, width 45 mm ·
for screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
AC operation
5
1.3
2.2
2.9
3.8
11E
22E
1
2
1
2
C
C
3TF29 11-0AP0
3TF29 22-0AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.230
0.230
9
2.4
4
4
4
11E
22E
1
2
1
2
C
C
3TF22 11-0AP0
3TF22 22-0AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.230
0.230
DC operation · DC solenoid system
3TF22 . .-0. . .,
3TF29 . .-0. . .
5
1.3
2.2
2.9
3.8
11E
22E
1
2
1
2
C
C
3TF29 11-0BB4
3TF29 22-0BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.250
0.250
9
2.4
4
4
4
11E
22E
1
2
1
2
C
C
3TF22 11-0BB4
3TF22 22-0BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.250
0.250
For accessories, see page 3/121.
Rated control supply voltages (the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
Contactor type
3TF20, 3TF28
Contactor type
Rated control supply voltage Us
Rated control supply voltage Us
AC operation
AC operation
Magnetic coils for AC 50 and 60 Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
24 V AC
110 V AC
230/220 V AC
29 V AC
132 V AC
276 V AC
Magnetic coils for AC 50 and 60 Hz
B0
F0
P01)
60 Hz
230/220 V AC
276 V AC
P01)
DC operation
1)
Magnetic coils for AC 50/60 Hz
L2
DC operation
24 V DC
50 Hz
24 V DC
AC operation
230 V AC
3TF22, 3TF29
B4
Operating range at 220 V:
0.85 to 1.15 x Us; Lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
Please inquire about other voltages.
B4
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/31
LV1_03.book Seite 32 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 complete units, 3 ... 45 kW
■ Overview
The 3RA13 reversing contactor assemblies can be ordered as
follows:
3
Sizes S00 to S3
• Fully wired and tested, with mechanical and electrical interlock.
For assemblies with AC operation and 50/60 Hz, a dead interval
of 50 ms must be provided when used with voltages ≥ 500 V;
a dead interval of 30 ms is recommend for use with voltages
≥ 400 V. These dead times do not apply to assemblies with
DC operation.
Sizes S00 to S12
• As individual parts for customer assembly.
Complete units
The fully wired reversing contactor assemblies are suitable for
use in any climate. They are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
The contactor assemblies consist of 2 contactors with the same
power, with one NC contact in the basic unit. The contactors are
mechanically and electrically interlocked (NC contact interlock).
For motor protection, either 3RU11 or 3RB2. overload relays for
direct mounting or stand-alone installation or thermistor motor
protection tripping units must be ordered separately.
Components for customer assembly
There is also a range of accessories (auxiliary switch blocks,
surge suppressors, etc.) that must be ordered separately.
Installation kits for all sizes are available for customer assembly
of reversing contactor assemblies.
For overload relays for motor protection, see "Protection Equipment:
Overload Relays".
Contactors, overload relays, the mechanical interlock (as of size
S0) and – for momentary-contact operation – auxiliary switch
blocks for latching must be ordered separately.
The 3RA13 contactor assemblies have screw terminals and are
suitable for screwing or snapping onto 35 mm standard mounting
rails.
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3 for
AC 50 Hz 400 V
Rating
Operational
current Ie
kW
A
3
4
5.5
7
9
12
5.5
7.5
11
Size
Order No.
Contactor
Mechanical
interlock1)
Mechanical
interlock2)
Mechanical
interlock3)
Installation kit
Fully wired and
tested contactor
assemblies
S00
3RT10 15
3RT10 16
3RT10 17
--4)
--
--
3RA19 13-2A5)
3RA13 15-8XB30-1 . .
3RA13 16-8XB30-1 . .
3RA13 17-8XB30-1 . .
12
17
25
S0
3RT10 24
3RT10 25
3RT10 26
3RA19 24-1A
3RA19 24-2B
--
3RA19 23-2A6)
3RA13 24-8XB30-1 . .
3RA13 25-8XB30-1 . .
3RA13 26-8XB30-1 . .
15
18.5
22
32
40
50
S2
3RT10 34
3RT10 35
3RT10 36
3RA19 24-1A
3RA19 24-2B
--
3RA19 33-2A7)
3RA13 34-8XB30-1 . .
3RA13 35-8XB30-1 . .
3RA13 36-8XB30-1 . .
30
37
45
65
80
95
S3
3RT10 44
3RT10 45
3RT10 46
3RA19 24-1A
3RA19 24-2B
--
3RA19 43-2A7)
3RA13 44-8XB30-1 . .
3RA13 45-8XB30-1 . .
3RA13 46-8XB30-1 . .
55
75
90
115
150
185
S6
3RT10 54
3RT10 55
3RT10 56
--
--
3RA19 54-2A
3RA19 53-2M8) --
110
132
160
225
265
300
S10
3RT10 64
3RT10 65
3RT10 66
--
--
3RA19 54-2A
3RA19 63-2A8)
--
200
250
400
500
S12
3RT10 75
3RT10 76
--
--
3RA19 54-2A
3RA19 73-2A8)
--
1)
Can be mounted onto the front.
6)
Installation kit contains: wiring modules on the top and bottom.
2)
Laterally mountable with one auxiliary contact.
7)
3)
Laterally mountable without auxiliary contact.
Installation kit contains: 2 connecting clips for contactors; wiring modules
on the top and bottom.
4)
Interlock can only be ordered with installation kit.
8)
Installation kit contains: wiring module on the top and bottom.
5)
Installation kit contains: mechanical interlock; connecting clips for 2 contactors;
wiring modules on the top and bottom.
3/32
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 33 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 complete units, 3 ... 45 kW
■ Selection and ordering data
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies2) · Size S00 · up to 5.5 kW
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3
Operational
current
Ie up to
Rated control DT
supply voltage
Us1)
Ratings of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
400 V
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
V
7
2-2
3
3.5
4
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
A
A
}
3RA13 15-8XB30-1AB0
3RA13 15-8XB30-1AF0
3RA13 15-8XB30-1AP0
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
0.430
0.430
0.430
9
3
4
4.5
5.5
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
A
A
}
3RA13 16-8XB30-1AB0
3RA13 16-8XB30-1AF0
3RA13 16-8XB30-1AP0
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
0.430
0.430
0.430
12
3
5.5
5.5
5.5
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
A
A
}
3RA13 17-8XB30-1AB0
3RA13 17-8XB30-1AF0
3RA13 17-8XB30-1AP0
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
0.430
0.430
0.430
7
9
2-2
3
3
4
3.5
4.5
4
5.5
24 DC
24 DC
}
}
3RA13 15-8XB30-1BB4
3RA13 16-8XB30-1BB4
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
0.550
0.550
3
kg
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
3RA13 1.-8XB30-1. . .
DC operation
1)
2)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us;
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately):
The contactors integrated in the contactor assemblies have no unassigned
auxiliary contacts.
The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:
6
1
14
14
13
14
NSB00459
2
14
4
5
14
Accessories
13
14
16
1)
16
Order No.
Solder pin adapters
3RT19 16-4KA1
Auxiliary switch block,
front
3RH19 11-1. . . .
(auxiliary switch block
according to EN 50005
must be used)
Surge suppressors
3RT19 16-1. . . .
6
13
Page
3/110
3/100
Individual parts
1
1
1
4
3/107, 3/108
2
2
2
5 6
Contactors, 3 kW
Contactors, 4 kW
Contactors, 5.5 kW
Installation kit
The installation kit contains:
4
5
6
Order No.
K1
3RT10 15
3RT10 16
3RT10 17
3RA19 13-2A
Page
K2
3RT10 15
3RT10 16
3RT10 17
3/15
3/15
3/15
3/38
Mechanical interlock
2 connecting clips for 2 contactors
Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting
the main current paths, electrical interlock included1),
interruptible (NC contact interlock)
3RT10 1. contactors with one NC contact in the basic unit are required for
the electrical interlock.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/33
LV1_03.book Seite 34 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 complete units, 3 ... 45 kW
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S0 · up to 11 kW
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3
Rated control DT
supply voltage
Us1)
Ratings of induction
Operamotors at 50 Hz and
tional
current Ie
up to
Order No.
400 V
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
kW
V
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
3
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
3RA13 2.-8XB30-1. . .
12
3
5.5
7.5
7.5
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
A
A
}
3RA13 24-8XB30-1AC2
3RA13 24-8XB30-1AG2
3RA13 24-8XB30-1AL2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
0.770
0.770
0.770
17
4
7.5
10
11
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
A
A
}
3RA13 25-8XB30-1AC2
3RA13 25-8XB30-1AG2
3RA13 25-8XB30-1AL2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
0.770
0.770
0.770
25
5.5
11
11
11
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
A
A
A
3RA13 26-8XB30-1AC2
3RA13 26-8XB30-1AG2
3RA13 26-8XB30-1AL2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
0.770
0.770
0.770
5.5
7.5
11
7.5
10
11
7.5
11
11
24 DC
24 DC
24 DC
}
A
A
3RA13 24-8XB30-1BB4
3RA13 25-8XB30-1BB4
3RA13 26-8XB30-1BB4
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
1-230
1-230
1-230
DC operation
12
17
25
1)
3
4
5.5
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately):
The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:
6
16
1
2
NSB00460
15
14
4
12
Accessories
12
14
15
16
Mechanical interlock,
front
Auxiliary switch block,
front
Auxiliary switch block,
lateral
Surge suppressors
The connecting
cables are not
shown.
6
14
Order No.
Page
3RA19 24-1A
3/37
3RH19 21-1CA. .
3/101
3RH19 21-1EA. .
3RT19 26-1. . . .
3/103
3/107
Individual parts
1 2
1 2
1 2
Contactors, 5.5 kW
Contactors, 7.5 kW
Contactors, 11 kW
4
Mechanical interlock,
lateral
6
Installation kit
Order No.
K1
K2
3RT10 24
3RT10 25
3RT10 26
3RT10 24
3RT10 25
3RT10 26
3RA19 24-2B
3RA19 23-2A
Page
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/37
3/38
The installation kit contains wiring modules on the top and bottom
(they also form the mechanical connection between the contactors).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/34
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 35 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 complete units, 3 ... 45 kW
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S2 · up to 22 kW
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3
Rated control DT
supply voltage
Us1)
Ratings of induction
Operamotors at 50 Hz and
tional
current Ie
up to
Order No.
500 V
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
kW
V
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
3RA13 3.-8XB30-1. . .
32
7.5
15
18.5
18.5
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
A
A
A
3RA13 34-8XB30-1AC2
3RA13 34-8XB30-1AG2
3RA13 34-8XB30-1AL2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
2.300
2.300
2.300
40
11
18.5
22
22
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
A
A
A
3RA13 35-8XB30-1AC2
3RA13 35-8XB30-1AG2
3RA13 35-8XB30-1AL2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
2.300
2.300
2.300
50
15
22
30
22
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
A
3RA13 36-8XB30-1AC2
3RA13 36-8XB30-1AG2
3RA13 36-8XB30-1AL2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
2.300
2.300
2.300
15
18.5
22
18.5
22
30
18.5
22
22
24 DC
24 DC
24 DC
A
A
A
3RA13 34-8XB30-1BB4
3RA13 35-8XB30-1BB4
3RA13 36-8XB30-1BB4
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
3.450
3.450
3.450
DC operation
32
40
50
1)
7.5
11
15
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately):
The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:
1
16
6
5
2
NSB00461
15
14
4
12
14
Accessories
12
14
15
16
Mechanical interlock,
front
Auxiliary switch block,
front
Auxiliary switch block,
lateral
Surge suppressors
The connecting
cables are not
shown.
6
Order No.
Page
3RA19 24-1A
3/37
3RH19 21-1CA. .
3/101
3RH19 21-1EA. .
3RT19 26-1. . . .
3RT19 36-1. . . .
3/103
3/107
Individual parts
1 2
1 2
1 2
Contactors, 15 kW
Contactors, 18.5 kW
Contactors, 22 kW
4
Mechanical interlock,
Order No.
Page
K1
K2
3RT10 34
3RT10 35
3RT10 36
3RT10 34
3RT10 35
3RT10 36
lateral
5 6
3RA19 24-2B
3RA19 33-2A
Installation kit
The installation kit contains:
5
6
3/17
3/17
3/17
3/37
3/38
2 connecting clips for 2 contactors with a clearance of 10 mm
Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the main
current paths
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/35
3
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
LV1_03.book Seite 36 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 complete units, 3 ... 45 kW
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S3 · up to 45 kW
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3
Rated control DT
supply voltage
Us1)
Ratings of induction
Operamotors at 50 Hz and
tional
current Ie
up to
Order No.
500 V
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
kW
V
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
3
AC operation at 50/60 Hz
3RA13 4.-8XB30-1. . .
65
18.5
30
37
45
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
B
3RA13 44-8XB30-1AC2
3RA13 44-8XB30-1AG2
3RA13 44-8XB30-1AL2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
4.500
4.500
4.500
80
22
37
45
55
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
B
3RA13 45-8XB30-1AC2
3RA13 45-8XB30-1AG2
3RA13 45-8XB30-1AL2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
4.500
4.500
4.500
95
22
45
55
55
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
B
3RA13 46-8XB30-1AC2
3RA13 46-8XB30-1AG2
3RA13 46-8XB30-1AL2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
4.500
4.500
4.500
30
37
45
37
45
55
45
55
55
24 DC
24 DC
24 DC
B
B
B
3RA13 44-8XB30-1BB4
3RA13 45-8XB30-1BB4
3RA13 46-8XB30-1BB4
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
6.500
6.500
6.500
DC operation
65
80
95
1)
18.5
22
22
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately):
The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:
6
16
1
5
2
NSB00462
15
4
14
12
The connecting
cables are not
shown.
14
6
Accessories
12
14
15
16
Mechanical interlock, front
Auxiliary switch block, front
Auxiliary switch block, lateral
Surge suppressors
Order No.
3RA19 24-1A
3RH19 21-1CA. .
3RH19 21-1EA. .
3RT19 26-1. . . .
3RT19 36-1. . . .
Page
3/37
3/101
3/103
3/107
Individual parts
1 2
1 2
1 2
4
Contactors, 30 kW
Contactors, 37 kW
Contactors, 45 kW
Mechanical interlock,
lateral
5 6
Order No.
K1
K2
3RT10 44
3RT10 45
3RT10 46
3RT10 44
3RT10 45
3RT10 46
3RA19 24-2B
Installation kit
3RA19 43-2A
The installation kit contains:
5
6
Page
3/18
3/18
3/18
3/37
3/38
2 connecting clips for 2 contactors with a clearance of 10 mm
Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the
main current paths
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/36
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 37 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies
Components for customer assembly
■ Selection and ordering data
For
Size
contactors
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Type
Mechanical interlocks
3RA19 24-1A mounted
onto 2 contactors
S0
S2
S3
}
For lateral mounting1)
Each with one auxiliary contact
(1 NC contact) per contactor
(can only be used to connect
contactors which are not
more than 1 size larger or
smaller. The mounting depth
of the smaller contactor has
to be adapted.)
3RA19 24-2B
1
1 unit
101
0.060
3RT10 2
3RT10 3
3RT10 4
3RT13 2
3RT15 2
S0
S2
S3
S0
For mounting to the front2) }
Onto contactors with sizes
S0 to S3 (for contactors of
the same size)
Note:
Size S0: Wiring modules must
be mounted first
Sizes S2 and S3: Use
3RA19 32-2C mechanical
connectors
3RA19 24-1A
1
1 unit
101
0.050
3RT1. 5
to
3RT1. 7
S6
S10
S12
}
For lateral mounting
Without auxiliary contacts;
size S6, S10 and S12
contactors can be interlocked
with each other as required;
no adaptation of mounting
depth is necessary. Contactor
clearance 10 mm.
3RA19 54-2A
1
1 unit
101
0.050
3RT10 4.-A S3
with
with
3RT10 5
S6
Adapters, laterally mountable A
For mechanical interlocking
of contactor S3 (only for AC
operation) with contactor S6
using 3RA19 54-2A locking
device (must be ordered
separately) incl. connecting
clips.
3RA19 54-2C
1
1 unit
101
0.050
3RA19 54-2A
3
3RT10 2
3RT10 3
3RT10 4
3RT13 2
3RT13 3
3RT13 4
3RT15 2
3RT15 3
3RA19 54-2C
Coil repeat terminals
3RT10 3
3RT10 4
S2, S3
For the coil terminals A1 and B
A2 for reversing starters
(contactor sizes S2 and S3).
2 x A1 and 1 x A2 required
per assembly
(one set contains 10 x A1
and 5 x A2)
3RA19 23-3B
1
1 unit
101
0.080
3RT10 5
3RT1. 6
3RT1. 7
S6
S10
S12
For customer assembly of
B
reversing contactor assemblies B
B
3RA19 52-2A
3RA19 62-2A
3RA19 72-2A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.300
2.100
2.300
3RA19 23-3B
Base plates
1)
Can also be used for 4-pole contactors with sizes S2 and S3.
2)
Can also be used for size S0 4-pole contactors.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/37
LV1_03.book Seite 38 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies
Components for customer assembly
For
Size
contactors
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Type
Installation kits for making 3-pole contactor assemblies
3RT10 1
S00
The installation kit contains: }
mechanical interlock;
2 connecting clips for
2 contactors;
wiring modules on the top
and bottom
3RA19 13-2A
1
1 unit
101
0.040
3RT10 2
S0
The installation kit contains: }
wiring modules on the top
and bottom
3RA19 23-2A
1
1 unit
101
0.060
3RT10 3
S2
The installation kit contains: }
2 connecting clips for
2 contactors;
wiring modules on the top
and bottom
3RA19 33-2A
1
1 unit
101
0.120
3RT10 4
S3
The installation kit contains: }
2 connecting clips for
2 contactors;
wiring modules on the top
and bottom
3RA19 43-2A
1
1 unit
101
0.300
3RT10 5
S6
The installation kit contains: A
wiring modules on the top
and bottom
(for connection with box
terminal)
3RA19 53-2A
1
1 unit
101
1.300
3RT10 5
3RT1. 6
3RT1. 7
S6
S10
S12
The installation kit contains: A
wiring modules on the top A
and bottom
A
(for connection without box
terminal)
3RA19 53-2M
3RA19 63-2A
3RA19 73-2A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.900
2.400
3.000
3
3RA19 13-2A
3RA19 23-2A
3RA19 33-2A
3RA19 43-2A
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/38
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 39 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA13 Reversing Contactor Assemblies
Components for customer assembly
For con- Size
tactors
Contactor Version
clearance
Type
mm
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
3RT10 1 S00-S00 0
top (in-phase)
bottom (with
phase reversal)
}
}
3RA19 13-3D
3RA19 13-3E
1
1
5 units
5 units
101
101
0.015
0.015
3RT10 2 S0-S0
and
S0-S0
0
and
10
top (in-phase)
bottom (with
phase reversal)
}
}
3RA19 23-3D
3RA19 23-3E
1
1
5 units
5 units
101
101
0.020
0.020
3RT10 3 S2-S2
10
top (in-phase)
bottom (with
phase reversal)
}
}
3RA19 33-3D
3RA19 33-3E
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.065
0.065
3RT10 4 S3-S3
10
top (in-phase)
bottom (with
phase reversal)
}
}
3RA19 43-3D
3RA19 43-3E
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.160
0.160
3RT10 5 S6-S6
10
top (in-phase, for
connection with
box terminal)
A
3RA19 53-3D
1
1 unit
101
0.620
top (with phase
reversal, for
connection without
box terminal)
A
3RA19 53-3P
1
1 unit
101
0.440
DT
Order No.
3RA19 53-3D
3RA19 53-3P
For con- Size
tactors
Contac- Intertor clear- locking
ance
Type
mm
Version
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Mechanical connectors
1 pack = 10 sets for 10 assemblies
3RT1. 11) S00-S00 0
laterally
for 3- and
mountable 4-pole
contactors
}
3RA19 12-2H
1
10 units
101
0.010
3RT1. 2
mountable for 3- and
on front
4-pole
contactors
laterally
mountable
A
3RA19 22-2C
1
10 units
101
0.025
}
3RT19 22-2D
1
10 units
101
0.110
3RA19 12-2H
S0-S0
0
102)
3RA19 22-2C
3RT1. 3
3RT1. 4
S2-S2
S3-S3
0
mountable for 3-pole
on front
contactors
}
3RA19 32-2C
1
10 units
101
0.010
3RT1. 3
3RT1. 4
3RT1. 5
S2-S2
S3-S3
S6-S6
10
laterally
for 3-pole
mountable contactors
}
3RA19 32-2D
1
10 units
101
0.010
3RT1. 3
S2-S2
10
laterally
for 4-pole
mountable contactors
}
3RA19 32-2G
1
10 units
101
0.010
3RT1. 4
S3-S3
10
laterally
for 4-pole
mountable contactors
B
3RA19 42-2G
1
10 units
101
0.010
3RA19 32-2C
3RA19 32-2D
3RA19 32-2G
3RA19 42-2G
1)
This pack contains 10 additional interlocks.
2)
The connector function can be fulfilled with the wiring modules for size S0,
a contactor clearance of 10 mm and a lateral interlock.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/39
3
Wiring modules, single
LV1_03.book Seite 40 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta Starting
3RA14 complete units, 3 ... 75 kW
3
■ Overview
These 3RA14 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting are
designed for standard applications.
A dead interval of 50 ms on reversing is already integrated in the
time relay function.
Note:
Contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting in special applications
such as very heavy starting or wye-delta starting of special motors
must be customized. Help with designing such special applications
is available from Technical Assistance.
There is also a range of accessories (auxiliary switch blocks,
surge suppressors, etc.) that must be ordered separately.
For overload relays for motor protection, see "Protection Equipment:
Overload Relays -> 3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays".
The 3RA14 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting can be
ordered as follows:
The 3RA14 contactor assemblies have screw terminals and are
suitable for screwing or snapping onto 35 mm standard mounting
rails.
Sizes S00 to S3:
• Fully wired and tested, with electrical interlock, dead interval
of up to 10 s on reversing (size S00 with electrical and
mechanical interlocks)
Fully wired and tested 3RA14 contactor assemblies have one
unassigned NO contact which is mounted onto the front of the
K3 delta contactor.
Sizes S00 to S12:
• As individual parts for customer assembly.
Rated data
at AC 50 Hz 400 V
Rating
kW
A solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is snapped onto
the front of the complete contactor assemblies, size S00 up to
7.5 kW, while a timing relay is mounted onto the side of sizes S0
to S3, 11 kW to 75 kW.
Size
Operational Motor
current Ie current
A
A
Accessories for
customer assembly
Line/delta
contactor
Star contactor
Order No.
complete
Timing relay
Installation kit A,
for double infeed
5.5
7.5
12
17
9.5 ... 13.8
12.1 ... 17
S00-S00-S00
3RT10 15
3RT10 17
3RT10 15
3RA14 15-8XB31-1. . .
3RA14 16-8XB31-1. . .
3RT19 16-2G.51
3RP15 74-1N.30
--
11
15
18.5
25
32
40
19 ... 25
24.1 ... 34
34.5 ... 40
S0-S0-S0
3RT10 24
3RT10 26
3RT10 24
3RA14 23-8XC21-1. . .
3RA14 25-8XC21-1. . .
3RP15 74-1N.30
--
22
30
50
50
31 ... 43
48.3 ... 65
S2-S2-S0
3RT10 34
3RT10 35
3RT10 26
3RA14 34-8XC21-1. . .
--
3RP15 74-1N.30
3RA19 33-2C 3)
37
45
80
86
62.1 ... 77.8
69 ... 86
S2-S2-S2
3RT10 34
3RA14 35-8XC21-1. . .
3RA14 36-8XC21-1. . .
55
75
115
150
77.6 ... 108.6
120.7 ... 150
S3-S3-S2
3RT10 44
3RT10 45
3RT10 35
3RT10 36
3RA14 44-8XC21-1. . .
3RA14 45-8XC21-1. . .
3RP15 74-1N.30
3RA19 43-2C 3)
90
110
160
195
86
86
... 160
... 195
S6-S6-S3
3RT10 54
3RT10 44
--
3RP15 74-1N.30
--
132
160
230
280
86
86
... 230
... 280
3RT10 55
3RT10 56
3RT10 45
3RT10 46
200
250
350
430
95
95
... 350
... 430
S10-S10-S6
3RT10 64
3RT10 65
3RT10 54
3RT10 55
--
3RP15 74-1N.30
--
315
355
540
610
277
277
... 540
... 610
S12-S12-S10
3RT10 75
3RT10 64
--
3RP15 74-1N.30
--
400
500
690
850
277
277
... 690
... 850
3RT10 76
3RT10 65
3RT10 66
3RT10 36
1)
Installation kit contains mechanical interlock, 3 connecting clips; wiring
modules on the top (connection between line and delta contactor) and on
the bottom (connection between delta and star contactor); star jumper.
2)
The installation kit contains 5 connecting clips; wiring modules on the top
(connection between line and delta contactor) and on the bottom (connection
between delta and star contactor); star jumper.
3/40
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3RA19 33-2B 3)
3)
Installation kit contains wiring module on the bottom (connection between
delta and star contactor) and star jumper.
4)
Wiring module on top from reversing contactor assembly (note conductor
cross-sections).
LV1_03.book Seite 41 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta Starting
3RA14 complete units, 3 ... 75 kW
Installation kits with wiring modules and, if necessary, mechanical
connectors are available for contactor assemblies for wye-delta
starting. Contactors, overload relays, wye-delta timing relays,
auxiliary switches for electrical interlock – if required also feeder
terminals, mechanical interlocks (exception: In the case of the
installation kit for size S00 contactor assemblies the mechanical
interlock between the delta contactor and the star contactor is
included in the kit) and base plates – must be ordered separately.
The wiring kits for sizes S00 and S0 contain the top and bottom
main conducting path connections between the line and delta
contactors (top) and between the delta and star contactors (bottom).
In the case of sizes S2 to S12 only the bottom main conducting
path connection between the delta and star contactors is
included in the wiring module, owing to the larger conductor
cross-section at the infeed.
Motor protection
Overload relays or thermistor motor protection tripping units can
be used for overload protection.
The overload relay can be either mounted onto the line contactor
or separately fitted. It must be set to 0.58 times the rated motor
current.
Note:
The selection of contactor types refers to fused configurations
(see Technical Information LV 1 T).
Overload relay, thermal
(trip class CLASS 10)
Installation kit B,
for single infeed
Star jumper
Base plates
Setting range
3RA19 13-2B1)
3RT19 16-4BA31
--
3RA19 23-2B2)
3RT19 26-4BA31
--
11
14
20
3RV19 35-1A
3RT19 26-4BA31
3RA19 32-2E
3RT19 36-4BA31
--
Order No.
Overload relay, solid-state
(trip class CLASS 10)
Setting range
Order No.
A
A
5.5 ... 8
7 ... 10
3RU11 16-1HB0
3RU11 16-1JB0
3
... 12
3RB20 16-1SB0
... 16
... 20
... 25
3RU11 26-4AB0
3RU11 26-4BB0
3RU11 26-4DB0
6
... 25
3RB20 26-1QB0
18
28
... 25
... 40
3RU11 36-4DB0
3RU11 36-4FB0
12.5 ... 50
3RB20 36-1UB0
3RA19 32-2F
36
40
... 45
... 50
3RU11 36-4GB0
3RU11 36-4HB0
3RT19 36-4BA31
3RA19 42-2E
45
70
... 63
... 90
3RU11 46-4JB0
3RU11 46-4LB0
25
... 100
3RB20 46-1EB0
3RA19 53-3D4)
3RT19 46-4BA31
3RA19 52-2E
--
--
50
... 200
3RB20 56-1FC2
--
3RT19 56-4BA31
3RA19 62-2E
--
--
55
... 250
3RB20 66-1GC2
--
3RT19 66-4BA31
3RA19 72-2E
--
--
160
... 630
3RB20 66-1MC2
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/41
3
Components for customer assembly
LV1_03.book Seite 42 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta Starting
3RA14 complete units, 3 ... 75 kW
■ Selection and ordering data
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S00-S00-S00 · up to 7.5 kW
Rated data AC-3
Rated control
supply
voltage Us1)
DT
3
Ratings of induction
Operamotors at 50 Hz and
tional
current Ie
at
Order No.
400 V
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
kW
V
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
3RA14 1.-8XB31-1. . .
12
3.3
5.5
7-2
9-2
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
C
C
}
3RA14 15-8XB31-1AB0
3RA14 15-8XB31-1AF0
3RA14 15-8XB31-1AP0
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
0.950
0.950
0.950
17
4.7
7.5
10.3
9-2
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
}
3RA14 16-8XB31-1AB0
3RA14 16-8XB31-1AF0
3RA14 16-8XB31-1AP0
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
0.990
0.990
0.990
5.5
7.5
7-2
10.3
9-2
9-2
24 DC
24 DC
B
}
3RA14 15-8XB31-1BB4
3RA14 16-8XB31-1BB4
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
1.120
1.120
DC operation
12
17
1)
3.3
4.7
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately):
The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:
6
17
6
1
2
14
NSB00463
3
14
14
7
9
5
4
14
16
Accessories
Order No.
14 Auxiliary switch block,
front
3RH19 11-1. . . .
16 Surge suppressors
3RT19 16-1. . . .
17 3-phase feeder
terminals
3RA19 13-3K
6
Page
Individual parts
3/100
3/107,
3/108
1 2 3
1 2 3
Contactors, 5.5 kW
Contactors, 7.5 kW
7
3/47
9
Solid-state time-delay
auxiliary switch block,
front
Auxiliary switch block
with 1 unassigned
NO contact
4 5 6
Installation kit
The connecting
cables are not
shown.
Order No.
K11)
K32)
K22)
3RT10 15
3RT10 17
3RT10 15
3RT10 15
3RT10 15
3RT10 17
Page
3/15
3/15
3RT19 16-2G.51
3/105
3RH19 11-1BA10
3/100
3RA19 13-2B
3/47
The installation kit contains:
4
5
6
1)
Use version with 1 NO.
2)
Use version with 1 NC.
Mechanical interlock
3 connecting clips
Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the
main and control conducting paths
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/42
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 43 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta Starting
3RA14 complete units, 3 ... 75 kW
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S0-S0-S0 · up to 18.5 kW
Rated data AC-3
Operational
current
Ie at
Rated control DT
supply voltage
Us1)
Ratings of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
Order No.
400 V
230 V 400 V
500 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kW
V
kg
19
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
C
C
}
3RA14 23-8XC21-1AC2
3RA14 23-8XC21-1AG2
3RA14 23-8XC21-1AL2
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
1.800
1.800
1.800
3RA14 2.-8XC21-1. . .
25
7.1
11
32 / 40
11.4
15 / 18.5 19
19
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
C
C
}
3RA14 25-8XC21-1AC2
3RA14 25-8XC21-1AG2
3RA14 25-8XC21-1AL2
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
1.800
1.800
1.800
11
15.6
15 / 18.5 19
19
19
24 DC
24 DC
}
}
3RA14 23-8XC21-1BB4
3RA14 25-8XC21-1BB4
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
2.450
2.450
DC operation
25
32 / 40
1)
15.6
7.1
11.4
Coil operating range at 50 Hz:
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us ; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately):
The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:
16
6
17
6
5
2
1
19
3
18
NSB0_00464a
15
10
4
9
10
19
10
8
7
6
12
Accessories
4
7
12
15
16
17
18
19
Mechanical interlock, lateral
Solid-state time-delay
auxiliary switch block, front1)
Mechanical interlock, front
Auxiliary switch block, lateral
Surge suppressors
3-phase feeder terminal2)
3-phase busbar2)
Push-in lug3) for timing relay
screw mounting
Order No.
3RA19 24-2B
Page
3/37
3RT19 26-2G. . .
3RA19 24-1A
3RH19 21-1EA. .
3RT19 26-1. . . .
3RV19 15-5A
3RT19 26-4CC20
3/105
3/37
3/103
3/107
3/47
3/47
3RP19 03
4)
Individual parts
1 2 3
1 2 3
8
9
10
5 6
Order No.
K1
K3
The connecting
cables are not
shown.
Page
K2
Contactors, 11 kW
Contactors, 15/18.5 kW
3RT10 24 3RT10 24 3RT10 24 3/16
3RT10 26 3RT10 26 3RT10 24 3/16
Timing relay, lateral
Auxiliary switch block with
1 unassigned NO contact
Auxiliary switch block for
local control
2 units
3 units
Installation kit
3RP15 74-1N.30
4)
3RH19 21-1CA10
3/101
3RH19 21-1CA01
3RH19 21-1CA10
3RA19 23-2B
3/101
3/47
The installation kit contains:
5
6
1)
Generally possible. If a solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is
mounted onto the front of K3, a standard auxiliary switch block can only
be mounted onto the side.
2)
17 and 18 can only be mounted with contactors with screw terminal (coil).
Connecting clips
Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the
main and control conducting paths
3)
Not part of the scope of supply of the preassembled contactor assemblies;
can be ordered as an accessory.
4)
See Monitoring and Control Devices: 3RP, 7PV timing relays -> 3RP15 timing
relays in 22.5 mm industrial enclosure.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/43
3
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
LV1_03.book Seite 44 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta Starting
3RA14 complete units, 3 ... 75 kW
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S2-S2-S0 · up to 30 kW
Rated data AC-3
Rated control DT
supply voltage
Us1)
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
Ratings of induction
Operamotors at 50 Hz and
tional
current Ie
up to
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
400 V
230 V 400 V
500 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
V
22 / 30
35
34
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
C
C
}
3RA14 34-8XC21-1AC2
3RA14 34-8XC21-1AG2
3RA14 34-8XC21-1AL2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
3.100
3.100
3.100
22 / 30
35
34
24 DC
}
3RA14 34-8XC21-1BB4
1 1 unit
101
4.500
kW
kg
3
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
50 / 65
19.6
DC operation
50 / 65
19.6
3RA14 34-8XC21-1. . .
1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately):
The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:
1
16
6
2
3
17
11
18
19
NSB0_00465b
15
10
9
10
10
4
8
6
7
Accessories
Mechanical interlock, lateral
Depth compensation required
K3: 1.5 mm; K2: 0 mm1)
7 Solid-state time-delay
auxiliary switch block, front2)
15 Auxiliary switch block, lateral
16 Surge suppressors
Order No.
Page
4
17 3-phase feeder terminal
18 3-phase busbars
19 Push-in lug3) for timing relay
screw mounting
3RA19 24-2B
3/37
3RT19 26-2G. . .
3RH19 21-1EA. .
3RT19 26-1. . . .
3RT19 36-1. . . .
3RV19 35-5A
3RV19 35-1A
3/105
3/103
3/107,
3/108
3/47
3/47
3RP19 03
4)
Individual parts
1 2 3
8
9
Order No.
K1
K3
Contactors, 22/30 kW
Auxiliary switch block for
local control
2 units
3 units
Base plate
Installation kit
11
6
Page
K2
3RT10 34 3RT10 34 3RT10 26 3/16
Timing relay, lateral
3RP15 74-1N.30
Auxiliary switch block with
1 unassigned NO contact 3RH19 21-1CA10
10
The connecting
cables are not
shown.
3RH19 21-1CA01
3RH19 21-1CA10
3RA19 32-2E
3RA19 33-2C
4)
3/101
3/101
3/47
3/47
The installation kit contains the star jumper on the top and the wiring
module on the bottom for connecting the main current paths.
1)
Use the 3RA19 32-2B base plate for this configuration.
3)
2)
Generally possible. If a solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is
mounted onto the front of K3, a standard auxiliary switch block can only be
mounted onto the side.
Not part of the scope of supply of the preassembled contactor assemblies;
can be ordered as an accessory.
4)
See Monitoring and Control Devices: 3RP, 7PV timing relays -> 3RP15 timing
relays in 22.5 mm industrial enclosure.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/44
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 45 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta Starting
3RA14 complete units, 3 ... 75 kW
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S2-S2-S2 · up to 45 kW
Rated data AC-3
Operational
current
Ie up to
Rated control DT
supply voltage
Us1)
Ratings of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
Order No.
400 V
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
kW
V
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
25
37
51
63
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
C
C
}
3RA14 35-8XC21-1AC2
3RA14 35-8XC21-1AG2
3RA14 35-8XC21-1AL2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
3.700
3.700
3.700
86
27
45
55
63
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
C
C
}
3RA14 36-8XC21-1AC2
3RA14 36-8XC21-1AG2
3RA14 36-8XC21-1AL2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
3.700
3.700
3.700
37
45
51
55
63
63
24 DC
24 DC
B
B
3RA14 35-8XC21-1BB4
3RA14 36-8XC21-1BB4
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
5.500
5.500
DC operation
3RA14 3.-8XC21-1. . .
1)
80
80
86
25
27
Coil operating range at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately):
The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:
1
17
2
6
16
3
11
18
19
NSB0_00466a
15
10
9
4
10
10
8
7
6
12
Accessories
Mechanical interlock, lateral
Solid-state time-delay
auxiliary switch block, front1)
12 Mechanical interlock, front
15 Auxiliary switch block, lateral
16 Surge suppressors
4
7
17 3-phase feeder terminals
18 3-phase busbars
19 Push-in lug2) for timing relay
screw mounting
Order No.
Page
3RA19 24-2B
3/37
3RT19 26-2G. . .
3RA19 24-1A
3RH19 21-1EA. .
3RT19 26-1. . . .
3RT19 36-1. . . .
3RV19 35-5A
3RV19 35-1A
3/105
3/37
3/103
3/107,
3/108
3/47
3/47
3RP19 03
3)
Individual parts
1 2 3
1 2 3
8
Contactors, 37 kW
Contactors, 45 kW
Timing relay, lateral
Auxiliary switch block with
1 unassigned NO contact
Auxiliary switch block for
local control
2 units
3 units
Base plate
Installation kit
9
10
11
6
Order No.
K1
K3
The connecting
cables are not
shown.
Page
K2
3RT10 35 3RT10 35 3RT10 34 3/17
3RT10 36 3RT10 36 3RT10 34 3/17
3)
3RP15 74-1N.30
3RH19 21-1CA10
3/101
3RH19 21-1CA01
3RH19 21-1CA10
3RA19 32-2F
3RA19 33-2B
3/101
3/47
3/47
The installation kit contains the star jumper on the top and the wiring
module on the bottom for connecting the main current paths.
1)
Generally possible. If a solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is
mounted onto the front of K3, a standard auxiliary switch block can only be
mounted onto the side.
2)
3)
Not part of the scope of supply of the preassembled contactor assemblies;
can be ordered as an accessory.
See Monitoring and Control Devices: 3RP, 7PV timing relays -> 3RP15 timing
relays in 22.5 mm industrial enclosure.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/45
3
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
LV1_03.book Seite 46 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta Starting
3RA14 complete units, 3 ... 75 kW
Fully wired and tested contactor assemblies · Size S2-S3-S2 · up to 75 kW
Rated data AC-3
Operational
current
Ie at
Rated control DT
supply voltage
Us1)
Ratings of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
Order No.
400 V
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
kW
V
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
3
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
115
37
55
81
93
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
}
3RA14 44-8XC21-1AC2
3RA14 44-8XC21-1AG2
3RA14 44-8XC21-1AL2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
6.000
6.000
6.000
150
47
75
103
110
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
B
B
}
3RA14 45-8XC21-1AC2
3RA14 45-8XC21-1AG2
3RA14 45-8XC21-1AL2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
6.000
6.000
6.000
55
75
81
103
93
110
24 DC
24 DC
B
B
3RA14 44-8XC21-1BB4
3RA14 45-8XC21-1BB4
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
8.600
8.600
DC operation
115
150
3RA14 4.-8XC21-1. . .
1)
37
47
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us; at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
Mountable accessories (to be ordered separately):
The fully wired and tested contactor assembly includes the following
components:
1
6
2
3
16
11
20
19
NSB0_00467d
15
10
8
9
10
4
10
6
7
Accessories
4
7
15
16
19
20
Mechanical interlock, lateral
Depth compensation required
K3: 0 mm; K2: 27.5 mm1)
Solid-state time-delay
auxiliary switch block, front2)
Auxiliary switch block, lateral
Surge suppressors
Push-in lug3) for timing relay
screw mounting
1-phase feeder terminal
Order No.
Page
3RA19 24-2B
3/37
3RT19 26-2G. . . 3/105
3RH19 21-1EA. . 3/103
3RT19 .6-1 . . . . 3/107
3RP19 03
3RA19 43-3L
4)
3/47
Individual parts
1 2 3
1 2 3
8
9
The connecting
cables are not
shown.
Order No.
Page
K1
K3
K2
3RT10 44 3RT10 44 3RT10 35 3/17
3RT10 45 3RT10 45 3RT10 36 3/17
4)
3RP15 74-1N.30
Contactors, 55 kW
Contactors, 75 kW
Timing relay, lateral
Auxiliary switch block with
1 unassigned NO contact
Auxiliary switch block for 3RH19 21-1CA10
3/101
local control
2 units
3RH19 21-1CA01
3 units
3RH19 21-1CA10
3/101
Base plate
3RA19 42-2E
3/47
Installation kit
3RA19 43-2C
3/47
The installation kit contains the star jumper on the top and the wiring
module on the bottom for connecting the main current paths.
10
11
6
1)
Use the 3RA19 42-2B base plate for this configuration.
3)
2)
Generally possible. If a solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch block is
mounted onto the front of K3, a standard auxiliary switch block can only be
mounted onto the side.
Not part of the scope of supply of the preassembled contactor assemblies;
can be ordered as an accessory.
4)
See Monitoring and Control Devices: 3RP, 7PV timing relays -> 3RP15 timing
relays in 22.5 mm industrial enclosure.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/46
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 47 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RA13, 3RA14 Contactor Assemblies
3RA14 Contactor Assemblies for Wye-Delta Starting
Components for customer assembly
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Size
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
The installation kit contains:
mechanical interlock;
3 connecting clips
star jumper,
wiring modules on the top and bottom
S00-S00-S00
}
3RA19 13-2B
1
1 unit
101
0.050
The installation kit contains:
5 connecting clips
star jumper,
wiring modules on the top and bottom
S0-S0-S0
}
3RA19 23-2B
1
1 unit
101
0.060
The installation kit contains:
star jumper,
wiring module on the bottom
S2-S2-S0
S2-S2-S2
S3-S3-S2
}
}
}
3RA19 33-2C
3RA19 33-2B
3RA19 43-2C
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.060
0.070
0.140
S3-S3-S3
}
3RA19 43-2B
1
1 unit
101
0.160
S6-S6-S6
A
3RA19 53-2B
1
1 unit
101
0.850
0.600
(Wiring module on the top is not
included in the scope of supply.
A double infeed between the line
contactor and the delta contactor is
recommended.)
3RA19 53-2B
S6-S6-S6
A
3RA19 53-2N
1
1 unit
101
S10-S10-S10
A
3RA19 63-2B
1
1 unit
101
1.800
S12-S12-S12
B
3RA19 73-2B
1
1 unit
101
2-200
S3
A
3RA19 43-3L
1
1 unit
101
0-280
S00
S0
S2
}
}
}
3RA19 13-3K
3RV19 15-5A
3RV19 35-5A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.020
0.040
0.110
S0
S2
D
}
3RT19 26-4CC20
3RV19 35-1A
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.030
0.150
S00
S0
S2
}
}
}
3RT19 16-4BA31
3RT19 26-4BA31
3RT19 36-4BA31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.010
0.010
0.020
S3
S61)
S10, S121)
}
}
}
3RT19 46-4BA31
3RT19 56-4BA31
3RT19 66-4BA31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.030
0.160
0.500
S2, S2, S0
S2, S2, S2
S3, S3, S2
B
B
B
3RA19 32-2E
3RA19 32-2F
3RA19 42-2E
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.450
0.480
0.870
B
B
B
3RA19 52-2E
3RA19 52-2F
3RA19 62-2E
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.800
1.950
3.180
S10, S10, S10 B
S12, S12, S10 B
S12, S12, S12 B
3RA19 62-2F
3RA19 72-2E
3RA19 72-2F
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
3.400
3.600
3.700
3RA19 32-2B
3RA19 32-2B
3RA19 42-2B
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.450
0.450
0.700
3RA19 53-2N,
3RA19 63-2B,
3RA19 73-2B
1-phase feeder terminals
Conductor cross-section: 95 mm2
3-phase feeder terminals
Feeder terminal block for the line contactor
for large conductor cross-sections
Conductor cross-section: 6 mm2
Conductor cross-section: 25 mm2
Conductor cross-section: 50 mm2
3-phase busbars
Bridging phase-by-phase of all input terminals of
The line contactor (K1) and
The delta contactor (K3)
Links for paralleling, 3-pole (star jumpers)
Without connection terminal
(the links for paralleling can be
reduced by one pole)
3RT19 26-4BA31
Base plates
For customer assembly of contactor
assemblies for wye-delta starting with a
laterally mounted timing relay
Side-by-side mounting
10 mm distance between K3 and K2
Side-by-side mounting
10 mm distance between K1, K3 and K2 S6, S6, S3
S6, S6, S6
S10, S10, S6
For customer assembly of contactor
S2, S2, S0
assemblies for wye-delta starting with a S2, S2, S2
front-mounted timing relay, 10 mm
S3, S3, S2
distance between K1, K3 and K2
1)
B
B
B
The 3RT19 56-4EA1 (S6) or 3RT19 66-4EA1 (S10, S12) cover can be used
for touch protection.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/47
3
Installation kits
LV1_03.book Seite 48 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3TD, 3TE Contactor Assemblies
3TD6 reversing contactor assemblies, 335 kW
■ Overview
The contactor assemblies are suitable for use in any climate and
the contactors are mechanically interlocked. They are finger-safe
according to EN 50274.
Complete units and components for customer assembly are
available. For motor protection, either overload relays for standalone installation or thermistor motor protection tripping units
must be ordered separately.
Auxiliary contacts
The contactor assemblies each have 2 NO + 2 NC contacts per
individual contactor. 1 NO + 1 NC contacts with momentarycontact operation and 2 NO + 1 NC contacts with continuous
operation are unassigned.
3
Complete units
3TD68 contactor assemblies each consist of two mechanically
interlocked 3TF68 contactors. Electrical interlocking is wired.
The main and control circuits are wired according to the
schematics.
An internal circuit diagram, a type designation and a unit labeling
plate are provided on a common cover.
■ Selection and ordering data
Size
Rated data AC-3
Auxiliary con- Rated control DT
tacts per direc- supply voltage
tion of rotation Us
Screw terminals
Ratings of induction
Operamotors at 50 Hz and
tional
current Ie
up to
Version
Order No.
690 V
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
NO
NC
V AC
434
600
4
4
110 … 132
200 … 240
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Complete units
AC operation, 50/60 Hz
14
630
200
335
C
C
3TD68 04-2CF7
3TD68 04-2CM7
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
56.000
56.000
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/48
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 49 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3TD, 3TE Contactor Assemblies
3TE6 contactor assemblies
for wye-delta starting, 630 kW
■ Overview
The contactor assemblies are suitable for use in any climate.
They are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
Motor protection
3TE contactor assemblies are available as complete units and
components for customer assembly.
3TE68 contactor assemblies are supplied without overload protection.
Overload relays or thermistor motor protection tripping units
must be ordered separately.
The complete unit combinations are optionally supplied without
a main conducting path connection between the line contactor
and the delta contactor.
The overload relay can be either mounted onto the line contactor
or separately fitted. It must be set to 0.58 times the rated motor
current.
Size
3
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated data AC-3
Rated control supply
voltage Us
DT
Ratings of induction
Operamotors at 50 Hz and
tional
current Ie
up to
Order No.
690 V
230 V
400 V
500 V
690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
V AC
Complete units, reversing time up to 10 s
AC operation, 50 Hz
Without main conducting path connection between line and delta contactor
14
1090
315
630
800
1000
110
230/2201)
C
D
3TE68 04-5CF0
3TE68 04-5CP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
58.000
58.000
For motor protection, overload relays for stand-alone installation
must be ordered separately, see "Protection Equipment:
Overload Relays" -> "3RB2 Solid-State Overload Relays".
1)
Operating range at 220 V:
0.85 ... 1.15 x Us;
lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/49
LV1_03.book Seite 50 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3RT14 Contactors for Switching Resistive Loads (AC-1)
3-pole, 140 ... 690 A
■ Overview
AC and DC operation (size S3)
The accessories for the 3RT10 contactors can also be used here.
UC operation (AC/DC) (sizes S6 to S12)
For more detailed descriptions about the sizes S3 to S12,
see 3RT10 Contactors, 3-pole, 3 to 250 kW.
IEC 60947, EN 60947 (VDE 0660)
3
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are
finger-safe according to EN 50274.
3RT14 contactors are used for switching resistive loads (AC-1)
or as contactors, for example, for variable-speed operating
mechanisms that normally only have to carry the current.
■ Selection and ordering data
Size
Rated data AC-1, Tu: 40 °C
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us
Ratings of AC loads
Opera(p.f. = 0.95) at
tional
current Ie
up to
690 V
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
V
kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm and 75 mm standard
mounting rail
AC operation
S3
140
53
92
115
159
24 AC, 50 Hz B
110 AC,
B
50 Hz
230 AC,
}
50 Hz
3RT14 46-1AB00
3RT14 46-1AF00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
1.850
1.850
3RT14 46-1AP00
1
1 unit
101
1.850
}
B
3RT14 46-1BB40
3RT14 46-1BM40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
2.800
2.800
DC operation · DC solenoid system
S3
140
53
92
115
159
24 DC
220 DC
3RT14 46-1A. .0
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/50
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 51 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3RT14 Contactors for Switching Resistive Loads (AC-1)
3-pole, 140 ... 690 A
AC/DC operation (40 Hz to 60 Hz, DC)
Auxiliary and control conductors: screw terminals
Withdrawable coils
Integrated coil circuit (Varistor)
Main conductors: busbar connections
Rated data AC-1, Tu: 40 °C
Auxiliary
contacts
OperaRatings of AC loads
tional
(p.f. = 0.95) at
current Ie
Version
Rated
DT
control
supply
voltage Us
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
Order No.
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
3
Size
up to
690 V
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
NO NC V
kg
Conventional operating mechanisms
S6
275
105
180
225
310
2
2
110 ... 127 }
220 ... 240 }
3RT14 56-6AF36
3RT14 56-6AP36
1
1
1 unit 101
1 unit 101
3.360
3.360
S10
400
151
263
329
454
2
2
110 ... 127 }
220 ... 240 }
3RT14 66-6AF36
3RT14 66-6AP36
1
1
1 unit 101
1 unit 101
6.600
6.600
S12
690
261
454
568
783
2
2
110 ... 127 A
220 ... 240 }
3RT14 76-6AF36
3RT14 76-6AP36
1
1
1 unit 101
1 unit 101
10.500
10.500
3RT14 6.
Solid-state operating mechanisms · for 24 V DC PLC output
S6
275
105
180
225
310
2
2
96 ... 127 B
200 ... 277 A
3RT14 56-6NF36
3RT14 56-6NP36
1
1
1 unit 101
1 unit 101
3.400
3.400
S10
400
151
263
329
454
2
2
96 ... 127 B
200 ... 277 A
3RT14 66-6NF36
3RT14 66-6NP36
1
1
1 unit 101
1 unit 101
6.600
6.600
S12
690
261
454
568
783
2
2
96 ... 127 B
200 ... 277 A
3RT14 76-6NF36
3RT14 76-6NP36
1
1
1 unit 101
1 unit 101
10.500
10.500
4.200
4.200
Solid-state operating mechanisms for 24 V DC PLC output/PLC relay output,
with remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
S6
275
105
180
225
310
1
1
96 ... 127 B
200 ... 277 B
3RT14 56-6PF35
3RT14 56-6PP35
1
1
1 unit 101
1 unit 101
S10
400
151
263
329
454
1
1
200 ... 277 B
3RT14 66-6PP35
1
1 unit 101
5.700
S12
690
261
454
568
783
1
1
200 ... 277 B
3RT14 76-6PP35
1
1 unit 101
10.500
3.100
3.100
Solid-state operating mechanisms · with AS-Interface and
remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
S6
275
105
180
225
310
1
1
96 ... 127 B
200 ... 277 B
3RT14 56-6QF35
3RT14 56-6QP35
1
1
1 unit 101
1 unit 101
S10
400
151
263
329
454
1
1
200 ... 277 B
3RT14 66-6QP35
1
1 unit 101
5.700
S12
690
261
454
568
783
1
1
200 ... 277 B
3RT14 76-6QP35
1
1 unit 101
10.500
For other voltages, see page 3/25.
For accessories, see page 3/101.
For spare parts, see page 3/114.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/51
LV1_03.book Seite 52 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3RT13 Contactors for Switching Resistive Loads (AC-1)
4-pole, 4 NO, 18 ... 140 A
■ Overview
The accessories for the 3-pole SIRIUS contactors can also be
used for the 4-pole versions.
AC and DC operation
EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660, Part 102).
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are
finger-safe according to EN 50274.
■ Selection and ordering data
3
AC operation, 4 NO contacts
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RT13 1.-1A.00
3RT13 2.-1A.00
Rated data AC-1,
Tu: 40/60 °C
Rated control
supply voltage
Us
Operational
current Ie
Ratings of AC loads
(p.f. = 0.95) at 50 Hz
and
400 V
A
kW
DT
Weight
per PU
approx.
Screw terminals
Order No.
DT
Price
per PU
V AC
Cage Clamp terminals
Order No.
kg
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S00 1)
18 / 16
12 / 11
24, 50/60 Hz
110, 50/60 Hz
230, 50/60 Hz
}
}
}
3RT13 16-1AB00
3RT13 16-1AF00
3RT13 16-1AP00
0.200 B
0.200 B
0.200 B
3RT13 16-2AB00
3RT13 16-2AF00
3RT13 16-2AP00
0.200
0.200
0.200
22 / 20
14.5 / 13
24, 50/60 Hz
110, 50/60 Hz
230, 50/60 Hz
}
}
}
3RT13 17-1AB00
3RT13 17-1AF00
3RT13 17-1AP00
0.200 B
0.200 B
0.200 B
3RT13 17-2AB00
3RT13 17-2AF00
3RT13 17-2AP00
0.200
0.200
0.200
35 / 302)
22 / 20
24, 50 Hz
110, 50 Hz
230, 50 Hz
}
}
}
3RT13 25-1AB00
3RT13 25-1AF00
3RT13 25-1AP00
0.400
0.400
0.400
----
40 / 352)
26 / 23
24, 50 Hz
110, 50 Hz
230, 50 Hz
}
}
}
3RT13 26-1AB00
3RT13 26-1AF00
3RT13 26-1AP00
0.400
0.400
0.400
----
39 / 36
24, 50 Hz
110, 50 Hz
230, 50 Hz
B
B
}
3RT13 36-1AB00
3RT13 36-1AF00
3RT13 36-1AP00
0.990
0.990
0.990
----
110 / 100
72 / 66
24, 50 Hz
110, 50 Hz
230, 50 Hz
B
B
}
3RT13 44-1AB00
3RT13 44-1AF00
3RT13 44-1AP00
2.200
2.200
2.200
----
140 / 120
92 / 79
24, 50 Hz
110, 50 Hz
230, 50 Hz
B
B
}
3RT13 46-1AB00
3RT13 46-1AF00
3RT13 46-1AP00
2.200
2.200
2.200
----
Size S0
Size S2
60 / 55
Size S3
Size S00:
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50005.
Sizes S0 to S3:
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50012 and EN 50005
(for S0 max. 2 auxiliary contacts, please note information in Technical Information LV 1 T).
For other voltages, see page 3/25.
For accessories, see page 3/100.
For spare parts, see page 3/114.
1)
For size S00: coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us,
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
2)
Minimum conductor cross-section 10 mm².
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/52
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 53 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3RT13 Contactors for Switching Resistive Loads (AC-1)
4-pole, 4 NO, 18 ... 140 A
DC operation · DC solenoid system, 4 NO contacts
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RT13 1.-2B. .0
Rated data AC-1,
Tu: 40/60 °C
Operational
current Ie
3RT13 36-1. . .0
Rated control
supply voltage
Us
DT
Ratings of AC loads
(p.f. = 0.95) at 50 Hz
and
3RT13 4.-1. . .0
Weight
per PU
approx.
Screw terminals
Order No.
DT
Price
per PU
Cage Clamp terminals
Order No.
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
400 V
A
kW
V DC
kg
kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S00
18 / 16
12 / 11
24
220
}
B
3RT13 16-1BB40
3RT13 16-1BM40
0.250 }
0.250 B
3RT13 16-2BB40
3RT13 16-2BM40
0.250
0.250
22 / 20
14.5 / 13
24
220
}
B
3RT13 17-1BB40
3RT13 17-1BM40
0.250 A
0.250 B
3RT13 17-2BB40
3RT13 17-2BM40
0.250
0.250
35 / 301)
22 / 20
24
220
}
B
3RT13 25-1BB40
3RT13 25-1BM40
0.630
0.630
---
40 / 351)
26 / 23
24
220
}
B
3RT13 26-1BB40
3RT13 26-1BM40
0.630
0.630
---
39 / 36
24
220
}
B
3RT13 36-1BB40
3RT13 36-1BM40
1.600
1.600
---
110 / 100
72 / 66
24
220
B
B
3RT13 44-1BB40
3RT13 44-1BM40
3.200
3.200
---
140 / 120
92 / 79
24
220
B
B
3RT13 46-1BB40
3RT13 46-1BM40
3.200
3.200
---
Size S0
Size S2
60 / 55
Size S3
Size S00:
Sizes S0 to S3:
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50005.
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50012 and EN 50005
(for S0 max. 2 auxiliary contacts, please note information in Technical Information LV 1 T).
For other voltages, see page 3/25.
For accessories, see page 3/100.
For spare parts, see page 3/114.
1)
Minimum conductor cross-section 10 mm².
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/53
LV1_03.book Seite 54 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3TK1 Contactors for Switching Resistive Loads (AC-1)
4-pole, 4 NO, 200 ... 1000 A
■ Overview
EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)
The contactors also comply with the requirements of
NFC 63-110 and NFC 20–040.
3
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are finger-safe
according to EN 50274. Terminal covers may have to be fitted onto
the connecting bars, depending on the configuration with other
devices.
Magnetic coils for 3TK10 to 3TK13 contactors: as withdrawable
coils.
Surge suppression
Control circuit
Magnetic coils for 3TK1 contactors: can be retrofitted with
RC elements.
■ Selection and ordering data
Screw terminals
Screw mounting
3TK13
Rated data AC-1
Auxiliary
contacts
Operational
current Ie
up to 690 V
(at 40 °C)
Rating of AC loads
(p f. = 0.95) at
A
kW
Rated control
supply voltage Us
DT Screw terminals
Order No.
Version
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
230 V 400 V 690 V 1000 V
kW
kW
kW
NO
NC
V AC
kg
AC operation
200
75
130
225
205
2
2
220 ... 230, 50 Hz
230 ... 240, 50 Hz
110/120 V, 50/60 Hz
24, 50 Hz
B
D
D
D
3TK10 42-0AP0
3TK10 42-0AU0
3TK10 42-0AF0
3TK10 42-0AB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
4.400
4.400
4.400
4.400
250
90
165
280
200
2
2
220 ... 230, 50 Hz
230 ... 240, 50 Hz
110/120 V, 50/60 Hz
24, 50 Hz
B
D
D
D
3TK11 42-0AP0
3TK11 42-0AU0
3TK11 42-0AF0
3TK11 42-0AB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
4.700
4.700
4.700
4.700
300
110
195
340
325
2
2
220 ... 230, 50 Hz
230 ... 240, 50 Hz
110/120 V, 50/60 Hz
24, 50 Hz
B
D
D
D
3TK12 42-0AP0
3TK12 42-0AU0
3TK12 42-0AF0
3TK12 42-0AB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
7.200
7.200
7.200
7.200
350
130
230
395
370
2
2
220 ... 230, 50 Hz
230 ... 240, 50 Hz
110/120 V, 50/60 Hz
24, 50 Hz
B
D
D
D
3TK13 42-0AP0
3TK13 42-0AU0
3TK13 42-0AF0
3TK13 42-0AB0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
7.200
7.200
7.200
7.200
550
205
360
620
510
2
2
220 ... 230, 50 Hz1) B
230 ... 240, 50 Hz
D
110/120, 50/60 Hz D
3TK14 42-0AP0
3TK14 42-0AU0
3TK14 42-0AF0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
19.000
19.000
19.000
800
300
525
905
575
2
2
220 ... 230, 50 Hz1) B
230 ... 240, 50 Hz
D
110/120, 50/60 Hz D
3TK15 42-0AP0
3TK15 42-0AU0
3TK15 42-0AF0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
19.000
19.000
19.000
1000
375
655
1135
--
2
2
220 ... 230, 50 Hz1) B
230 ... 240, 50 Hz
D
110/120 50/60 Hz
D
3TK17 42-0AP0
3TK17 42-0AU0
3TK17 42-0AF0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
20.100
20.100
20.100
For accessories, see page 3/119 onwards.
For spare parts, see page 3/127 onwards.
1)
At 60 Hz: 240 V.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/54
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 55 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3TK20 Contactors
4-pole, 4 kW
■ Overview
■ Application
The main area of application for the 3TK2 contactors with flat
connectors is in household equipment. These contactors are
also suitable for simple electric controllers. No auxiliary switch
blocks can be retrofitted.
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947 (VDE 0660).
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate.
The contactors with screw terminals are finger-safe according to
EN 50274.
3
The contactors are available in versions with screw terminals,
6.3 mm plug-in connections and solder pin connections for
soldering in printed circuit boards.
■ Selection and ordering data
Size 00
AC-1: operational current Ie = 16 A (at 55 °C)
Rated data
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
Operational
current Ie
Ratings of induction
motors at 50 Hz and
at 400/
380 V
230/ 400/ 500 V 690/
220 V 380 V
660 V
A
kW
kW
kW
Main contacts DT
Flat/solder pin connections
Version
kW
Screw terminals/
NO
Order No.
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
NC
kg
Contactors with screw terminals ·
for screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
AC operation
9
2.4
4
4
4
4
3
2
-1
2
B
B
B
3TK20 40-0AP0
3TK20 31-0AP0
3TK20 22-0AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.190
0.190
0.190
-1
2
B
B
B
3TK20 40-0BB4
3TK20 31-0BB4
3TK20 22-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.210
0.210
0.210
DC operation · DC solenoid system
9
2.4
4
4
4
3TK20. .-0. . .
4
3
2
Contactors with 6.3 mm x 0.8 mm flat connectors ·
for screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
AC operation
9
2.4
4
4
--
4
3
2
-1
2
C
C
C
3TK20 40-3AP0
3TK20 31-3AP0
3TK20 22-3AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.170
0.170
0.170
4
3
2
-1
2
C
C
C
3TK20 40-3BB4
3TK20 31-3BB4
3TK20 22-3BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.190
0.190
0.190
4
3
2
-1
2
C
C
C
3TK20 40-7AP0
3TK20 31-7AP0
3TK20 22-7AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.170
0.170
0.170
-1
2
C
C
C
3TK20 40-7BB4
3TK20 31-7BB4
3TK20 22-7BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.190
0.190
0.190
DC operation · DC solenoid system
9
2.4
4
4
--
3TK20. .-3. . .
Contactors with 6.3 mm x 0.8 mm flat connectors ·
for screw mounting (diagonal)
AC operation
9
2.4
4
4
--
DC operation · DC solenoid system
9
2.4
4
4
--
3TK20. .-7. . .
4
3
2
Contactors with solder pin connections for printed circuit boards1) ·
for screw mounting (diagonal)
AC operation
9
2.4
4
4
--
4
3
2
-1
2
C
C
C
3TK20 40-6AP0
3TK20 31-6AP0
3TK20 22-6AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.170
0.170
0.170
-1
2
C
C
C
3TK20 40-6BB4
3TK20 31-6BB4
3TK20 22-6BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.190
0.190
0.190
DC operation · DC solenoid system
9
2.4
4
4
3TK20. .-6. . .
--
4
3
2
For accessories, see page 3/122.
1)
Operating range at AC-1
220 V: 0.85 to 1.15 x Us; lower operating range limit according to
IEC 60947.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/55
LV1_03.book Seite 56 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3TK20 Contactors
4-pole, 4 kW
Rated control supply voltages
(the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
Contactor type
3TK20
Rated control supply voltage Us
AC operation
Magnetic coils for AC 50 and 60 Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
AC 230/220 AC
AC 276 AC
P01)
3
DC operation
24 V DC
1)
B4
Operating range at 220 V:
0.85 to 1.15 x Us; lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
Please inquire about other voltages.
3/56
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 57 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3RT15 Contactors
4-pole, 2 NO + 2 NC, 4 ... 18.5 kW
■ Overview
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are fingersafe according to EN 50274.
AC and DC operation
EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660, Part 102).
The accessories for the 3-pole SIRIUS contactors can also be
used for the 4-pole versions.
■ Selection and ordering data
AC and DC operation, 2 NO contacts + 2 NC contacts1)
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RT15 1.-1. . . .
Rated data
AC-2/AC-3,
Tu: up to 60 °C
OperaRatings of
tional
induction
current Ie motors at
50 Hz and
at 400 V
400 V
A
kW
3RT15 1.-2. . . .
Rated control DT
supply voltage
AC-1,
Tu: 40/60 °C Us
Screw terminals
Operational
current Ie
Order No.
A
3RT15 26-1. . . .
Weight
per PU
approx.
DT
Price
per PU
Cage Clamp terminals
Order No.
Price
per PU
kg
V
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
AC operation
Size S002)
9
4
18 / 16
24, 50/60 Hz B
110, 50/60 Hz B
230, 50/60 Hz }
3RT15 16-1AB00
3RT15 16-1AF00
3RT15 16-1AP00
0.200 B
0.200 B
0.200 B
3RT15 16-2AB00
3RT15 16-2AF00
3RT15 16-2AP00
0.200
0.200
0.200
12
5.5
22 / 20
24, 50/60 Hz A
110, 50/60 Hz }
230, 50/60 Hz }
3RT15 17-1AB00
3RT15 17-1AF00
3RT15 17-1AP00
0.200 B
0.200 B
0.200 }
3RT15 17-2AB00
3RT15 17-2AF00
3RT15 17-2AP00
0.200
0.200
0.200
11
40 / 353)
24, 50 Hz
110, 50 Hz
230, 50 Hz
B
B
}
3RT15 26-1AB00
3RT15 26-1AF00
3RT15 26-1AP00
0.400
0.400
0.400
----
18.5
55 / 50
24, 50 Hz
110, 50 Hz
230, 50 Hz
B
B
}
3RT15 35-1AB00
3RT15 35-1AF00
3RT15 35-1AP00
1.000
1.000
1.000
----
Size S0
25
Size S2
40
DC operation · DC solenoid system
Size S00
9
4
18 / 16
24 DC
220 DC
}
B
3RT15 16-1BB40
3RT15 16-1BM40
0.260 }
0.260 B
3RT15 16-2BB40
3RT15 16-2BM40
0.260
0.260
12
5.5
22 / 20
24 DC
220 DC
}
B
3RT15 17-1BB40
3RT15 17-1BM40
0.260 B
0.260 B
3RT15 17-2BB40
3RT15 17-2BM40
0.260
0.260
11
40 / 353)
24 DC
220 DC
}
B
3RT15 26-1BB40
3RT15 26-1BM40
0.630
0.630
---
18.5
55 / 50
24 DC
220 DC
}
B
3RT15 35-1BB40
3RT15 35-1BM40
1.590
1.590
---
Size S0
20
Size S2
40
Size S00: snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50005.
Sizes S0 to S3: snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50012 and EN 50005
(for S0 max. 2 auxiliary contacts, please note information in the Technical Information LV 1 T).
For other voltages, see page 3/25.
For accessories, see page 3/100.
For spare parts, see page 3/114.
1)
Single device for pole reversal; not suitable for reversing duty.
2)
For size S00: coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
3)
Required conductor cross-section: 10 mm².
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/57
LV1_03.book Seite 58 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3RT16 Capacitor Contactors
12.5 ... 50 kvar
■ Overview
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate.
They are finger- safe according to EN 50274.
The auxiliary switch block which is snapped onto the capacitor
contactor contains the three leading NO contacts and in the
case of S00 one standard NC contact and in the case of S0 and
S3 one standard NO contact, which is unassigned. Size S00 also
contains another unassigned NO contact in the basic unit.
The 3RT16 capacitor contactors are special versions of the size
S00 to S3 SIRIUS contactors. The capacitors are precharged by
means of the mounted leading NO contacts and resistors; only
then do the main contacts close.
In addition, a 2-pole auxiliary switch block can be mounted laterally
on the 3RT16 47 capacitor contactors (2 NO, 2 NC or 1 NO +
1 NC versions); type 3RH19 21-1EA. .. The fitting of auxiliary
switches for 3RT16 17 and 3RT16 27 is not expandable.
This prevents disturbances in the network and welding of the
contactors.
For the capacitor switching capacity of the basic 3RT10 contactor
version, see Technical Information LV 1 T –> "Technical Specifications".
AC operation
3
IEC 60947, EN 60947 (VDE 0660).
Only discharged capacitors are permitted to be switched on
with capacitor contactors.
■ Selection and ordering data
AC operation
Screw terminals
3RT16 17-1A.03
3RT16 27-1A.01
Utilization category AC-6b
Switching of AC capacitors for an
ambient temperature of 60 °C1)
Auxiliary Rated control
contacts, supply voltage
unassigned Us2)
Capacitor rating at
operational voltage 50/60 Hz
Version
at 230 V
at 400 V at 525 V at 690 V
kvar
kvar
kvar
kvar
NO
3RT16 47-1A.01
DT
Order No.
NC V AC
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Hz
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S00
3 … 7.5
5 … 12.5 7.5 … 15 10 … 21 1
1
24
110
230
50 / 60
B
B
}
3RT16 17-1AB03
3RT16 17-1AF03
3RT16 17-1AP03
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.280
0.280
0.280
6 … 25
7.8 … 30 10 … 42 1
--
24
110
230
50
B
B
}
3RT16 27-1AB01
3RT16 27-1AF01
3RT16 27-1AP01
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.440
0.440
0.440
5 … 50
7.5 … 60 10 … 84 1
--
24
110
230
50
C
B
}
3RT16 47-1AB01
3RT16 47-1AF01
3RT16 47-1AP01
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
2.040
2.040
2.040
Size S03)
3.5 … 15
Size S3
3.5 … 30
For additional voltages see page 3/25.
For accessories see page 3/103.
1)
For size S3: 55 °C.
2)
Operating range: 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us.
3)
For conductor cross-sections > 6 mm2
use 3RV19 25-5AB terminals (2 units).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/58
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 59 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
Contactors with Extended Operating Range 0.7 ... 1.25 x Us , for Railway Applications
3RH11 contactor relays
3RH11 ..-0LA0
■ Overview
The DC solenoid systems of the contactor relays are modified
(to hold-in coil) by means of a series resistor.
DC operation
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660, Part 102), for requirements
according to IEC 60077-1 and IEC 60077-2.
The size S00 contactor relays are supplied prewired with a plug-on
module containing the series resistor. The varistor is integrated.
A 4-pole auxiliary switch block (according to EN 50005) can be
fitted additionally.
The contactor relays are finger-safe according to EN 50274. The
size S00 contactor relays have Cage Clamp connections for all
terminals.
Mounting
Ambient temperature
The permissible ambient temperature for operation of the contactor
relays (across the full magnetic coil operating range) is
-40 °C to +70 °C.
3
At ambient temperatures up to 70 °C, the size S00 contactor
relays are allowed to be mounted side by side.
3RH11 22-2K.40:
These contactor relays have an extended operating range from
0.7 to 1.25 x Us; the coils are fitted with varistors as standard.
An additional series resistor is not required. Please note:
• Size S00: It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block.
Continuous duty at temperatures > +60 °C reduces the mechanical
endurance, the current-carrying capacity of the conducting
paths and the switching frequency.
At ambient temperatures > 60 °C ≤ 70 °C, a clearance of 10 mm
is required when they are mounted side by side.
■ Application
For operation in installations which are subject both to considerable
variations in the control voltage and to high ambient temperatures,
e.g. railway applications under extreme climatic conditions,
rolling mills, etc.
Control and auxiliary circuits
The magnetic coils of the contactor relays have an extended
operating range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us and are fitted as standard
with varistors to provide protection against overvoltage.
The opening delay is consequently 2 to 5 ms longer than for
standard contactors.
■ Selection and ordering data
DC operation · DC solenoid system
Cage Clamp terminals
For screw and snap-on mounting onto standard mounting rail
Magnetic coil fitted with varistor
3RH11 22-2K.40
3RH11 22-2K.40-0LA0
Contacts
Rated operational current
Ie/AC-15/AC-14
Tu: 70 °C at
Rated control
supply voltage
Us
DT
Order No.
Version
230 V
400 V
500 V
690 V
A
A
A
A
NO
NC
V DC
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Cage Clamp terminals
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
3RH11 contactor relays
Size S00
Cage Clamp terminals for all connections
6
3
2
1
2
21)
242)
1102)
}
A
3RH11 22-2KB40
3RH11 22-2KF40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.260
0.260
6
3
2
1
2
13)
24
110
A
A
3RH11 22-2KB40-0LA0
3RH11 22-2KF40-0LA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.290
0.290
1)
It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block. A clearance of 10 mm
is required for side-by-side mounting at ambient temperatures > 60 °C.
2)
Version without series resistor.
3)
One 4-pole auxiliary switch block according to EN 50005 can be mounted;
no distance required up to 70 °C.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/59
LV1_03.book Seite 60 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
Contactors with Extended Operating Range 0.7 ... 1.25 x Us , for Railway Applications
3TH4 contactor relays
■ Overview
■ Application
For operation in plants which are subject both to considerable
variations in the control voltage and to high ambient temperatures,
e.g. in railway applications.
3TH4 contactor relays
EN 60947-4-1.
For requirements according to IEC 60077-1 and IEC 60077-2.
3
The contactors are finger-safe according to EN 50274. Terminal
covers may have to be fitted onto the connecting bars, depending
on the configuration with other devices.
■ Selection and ordering data
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Magnetic coil fitted with varistor
3TH4
Contacts
Rated operational current
Ie/AC-15/AC-14
Contacts1)
Rated control
supply voltage
Us
DT
Order No.
Ident. No. Version
acc. to
EN 50011
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
Number A
A
A
A
NO NC
V DC
kg
3TH42 contactor relays · DC operation · DC solenoid system
8
10
6
4
2
44E
4
4
24
110
}
}
3TH42 44-0LB4
3TH42 44-0LF4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.670
0.670
53E
5
3
24
110
D
}
3TH42 53-0LB4
3TH42 53-0LF4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.670
0.670
62E
6
2
24
110
}
}
3TH42 62-0LB4
3TH42 62-0LF4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.670
0.670
For accessories, see page 3/124.
1)
Contacts not extendable.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/60
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 61 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
Contactors with Extended Operating Range 0.7 ... 1.25 x Us , for Railway Applications
3RT10 motor contactors, 5.5 ... 45 kW
DC operation
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660, Part 102), for requirements
according to IEC 60077-1 and IEC 60077-2.
The contactors are finger-safe according to EN 50274 (exception:
series resistors S0 to S3). The contactors are available with both
Cage Clamp and screw connection. The size S00 contactors
have Cage Clamp terminals for all connections. The auxiliary
conductor and coil terminals of sizes S0 to S3 are all Cage Clamp
terminals.
These contactors have an extended operating range from
0.7 to 1.25 x Us; the coils are fitted with varistors as standard.
An additional series resistor is not required.
Please note:
• Size S00: It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block.
• Size S0: Up to two single-pole auxiliary switch blocks can be
mounted.
At ambient temperatures > 60 °C ≤ 70 °C, a clearance of 10 mm
is required when they are mounted side by side.
3RT10 contactors with contactor control unit, extended
operating range
Ambient temperature
Control and auxiliary circuits
The permissible ambient temperature for operation of the contactors
(across the full coil operating range) is -40 °C to +70 °C.
Continuous duty at temperatures > +60 °C reduces the mechanical
endurance, the current-carrying capacity of the conducting
paths and the switching frequency.
The magnetic coils of the contactors have an extended operating
range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us and are fitted as standard with
varistors to provide protection against overvoltage. The opening
delay is consequently 2 ms to 5 ms longer than for standard
contactors.
Dimensions
3RT10. .-.X.40-0LA2
Attaching resistors increases the width of contactor sizes S0 to S3
(see Dimensional Drawings).
The contactors are energized via upstream control electronics
which ensure the coil operating range of 0.7 to 1.25 x Us at an
ambient temperature of 70 °C. They are supplied as complete
units with a built-on contactor control unit. A varistor is integrated
for damping opening surges in the coil.
■ Application
For operation in installations which are subject both to considerable
variations in the control voltage and to high ambient temperatures,
e.g. railway applications under extreme climatic conditions,
rolling mills, etc.
Control and auxiliary circuits
The magnetic coils of the contactors have an extended operating
range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us and are fitted as standard with varistors
to provide protection against overvoltage. The opening delay is
consequently 2 to 5 ms longer than for standard contactors.
3RT10. .-0LA0
The DC solenoid systems of the contactors are modified
(to hold-in coil) by means of a series resistor.
The size S00 contactors are supplied prewired with a plug-on
module containing the series resistor. The varistor is integrated.
A 4-pole auxiliary switch block (according to EN 50005) can be
fitted additionally.
The possibility of mounting auxiliary switches is the same as that
for equivalent standard contactors.
Mounting
At ambient temperatures up to 70 °C, sizes S0 to S3 of these
contactor versions are allowed to be mounted side by side.
Ambient temperature
The permissible ambient temperature for operation of the contactors
(across the full coil operating range) is -40 °C to +70 °C.
Continuous duty at temperatures > +60 °C reduces the mechanical
endurance, the current-carrying capacity of the conducting
paths and the switching frequency.
Dimensions
Because of the built-on contactor control unit, the height of
the size S0 to S3 contactors increases by up to 34 mm
(see Dimensional Drawings).
The size S0 to S3 contactors are equipped on the front with an
auxiliary switch block with 2 NO + 2 NC contacts. The separate
series resistor, which is attached laterally next to the contactor
on the 35 mm standard mounting rail, is fitted with connecting
cables for mounting onto contactors. A circuit diagram showing
the terminals is stuck onto each contactor. One NC of the auxiliary
contacts is required for the series resistor function. The selection
and ordering data shows the number of additional, unassigned
auxiliary contacts. It is only possible to extend the number of
auxiliary contacts with size S00.
Mounting
At ambient temperatures up to 70 °C, the size S00 contactors
and contactor relays are allowed to be mounted side by side.
The resistor module of the size S0 to S3 contactors must be
mounted to the left of the contactor owing to the prefabricated
connecting cables.
3RT10 17-2K.4.,
3RT10 2.-3K.40
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/61
3
■ Overview
LV1_03.book Seite 62 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
Contactors with Extended Operating Range 0.7 ... 1.25 x Us , for Railway Applications
3RT10 motor contactors, 5.5 ... 45 kW
■ Selection and ordering data
3
DC operation · DC solenoid system
Cage Clamp terminals
For screw and snap-on mounting onto standard mounting rail
Magnetic coil fitted with varistor
3RT10 17-2K.4.-0LA0
3RT10 2.-3K.40
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3
Tu: 70 °C
Auxiliary contacts
Operational
current
Ie at
Ratings of
induction motors at
400 V
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
kW
3RT10 3.-3K.44-0LA0
Rated control DT Cage Clamp terminals
supply voltage
Us
Version
kW
NO
Order No.
NC
V DC
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
3RT10 contactors for switching motors
Size S00
Cage Clamp terminals for all connections
12
3
5.5
5.5
5.5
11)
--
243)
1103)
}
B
3RT10 17-2KB41
3RT10 17-2KF41
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.260
0.260
12
3
5.5
5.5
5.5
--
11)
243)
1103)
}
B
3RT10 17-2KB42
3RT10 17-2KF42
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.260
0.260
--
12)
24
110
A
B
3RT10 17-2KB42-0LA0
3RT10 17-2KF42-0LA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.280
0.280
12
3
5.5
5.5
5.5
Size S0
Cage Clamp terminals for coil terminals and auxiliary contacts
17
4
7.5
10
11
--
--4)
243)
1103)
}
B
3RT10 25-3KB40
3RT10 25-3KF40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.600
0.600
25
5.5
11
11
11
--
--4)
243)
1103)
}
B
3RT10 26-3KB40
3RT10 26-3KF40
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.600
0.600
17
4
7.5
10
11
2
15)
24
110
B
B
3RT10 25-3KB44-0LA0
3RT10 25-3KF44-0LA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.760
0.760
25
5.5
11
11
11
2
15)
24
110
B
B
3RT10 26-3KB44-0LA0
3RT10 26-3KF44-0LA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.760
0.760
Size S2
Cage Clamp terminals for coil terminals and auxiliary contacts
32
7.5
15
18.5
18.5
2
15)
24
110
B
B
3RT10 34-3KB44-0LA0
3RT10 34-3KF44-0LA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
1.670
1.670
40
11
18.5
22
22
2
15)
24
110
B
B
3RT10 35-3KB44-0LA0
3RT10 35-3KF44-0LA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
1.670
1.670
2
5)
24
110
B
B
3RT10 36-3KB44-0LA0
3RT10 36-3KF44-0LA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
1.670
1.670
50
15
22
30
22
1
Size S3
Cage Clamp terminals for coil terminals and auxiliary contacts
65
18.5
30
37
43
2
15)
24
110
B
B
3RT10 44-3KB44-0LA0
3RT10 44-3KF44-0LA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
3.100
3.100
80
22
37
45
55
2
15)
24
110
B
B
3RT10 45-3KB44-0LA0
3RT10 45-3KF44-0LA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
3.100
3.100
95
22
45
55
55
2
15)
24
110
B
B
3RT10 46-3KB44-0LA0
3RT10 46-3KF44-0LA0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
3.100
3.100
For spare parts, see page 3/101.
1)
It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block. A clearance of 10 mm
is required for side-by-side mounting at ambient temperatures > 60 °C.
2)
One 4-pole auxiliary switch block according to EN 50005 can be mounted;
no distance required up to 70 °C.
3)
Version without series resistor.
4)
Up to two single-pole auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted. A clearance of
10 mm is required for side-by-side mounting at ambient temperatures > 60 °C.
5)
The number of auxiliary contacts cannot be increased; no clearance
required up to 70 °C.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/62
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 63 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
Contactors with Extended Operating Range 0.7 ... 1.25 x Us, for Railway Applications
3RT10 motor contactors, 5.5 ... 45 kW
DC operation · DC solenoid system
For screw and snap-on mounting onto standard mounting rail
Contactor control unit
Magnetic coil fitted with varistor
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RT10 . .-3X.40-0LA2
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3
Tu: up to 70 °C
Auxiliary
contacts1)
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us
Rated
operational
current
Ie up to
Ratings of Ident. Version
induction No.
motors at
50 Hz
400 V
400 V
A
kW
NO
NC
Order No.
Weight DT Cage Clamp terminals
per PU
For coil terminals
approx.
Price
per PU
V DC
Order No.
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S0
17
7.5
---
---
---
24
110
B
B
3RT10 25-1XB40-0LA2
3RT10 25-1XF40-0LA2
0.640 B
0.640 B
3RT10 25-3XB40-0LA2
3RT10 25-3XF40-0LA2
0.640
0.640
25
11
---
---
---
24
110
B
B
3RT10 26-1XB40-0LA2
3RT10 26-1XF40-0LA2
0.640 B
0.640 B
3RT10 26-3XB40-0LA2
3RT10 26-3XF40-0LA2
0.640
0.640
32
15
---
---
---
24
110
B
B
3RT10 34-1XB40-0LA2
3RT10 34-1XF40-0LA2
1.500 C
1.500 B
3RT10 34-3XB40-0LA2
3RT10 34-3XF40-0LA2
1.500
1.500
40
18.5
---
---
---
24
110
B
B
3RT10 35-1XB40-0LA2
3RT10 35-1XF40-0LA2
1.500 C
1.500 B
3RT10 35-3XB40-0LA2
3RT10 35-3XF40-0LA2
1.500
1.500
50
22
---
---
---
24
110
B
B
3RT10 36-1XB40-0LA2
3RT10 36-1XF40-0LA2
1.500 B
1.500 B
3RT10 36-3XB40-0LA2
3RT10 36-3XF40-0LA2
1.500
1.500
Size S2
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm and 75 mm standard mounting rail
Size S3
65
30
---
---
---
24
110
B
B
3RT10 44-1XB40-0LA2
3RT10 44-1XF40-0LA2
2.900 B
2.900 B
3RT10 44-3XB40-0LA2
3RT10 44-3XF40-0LA2
2.900
2.900
80
37
---
---
---
24
110
B
B
3RT10 45-1XB40-0LA2
3RT10 45-1XF40-0LA2
2.900 B
2.900 B
3RT10 45-3XB40-0LA2
3RT10 45-3XF40-0LA2
2.900
2.900
95
45
---
---
---
24
110
B
B
3RT10 46-1XB40-0LA2
3RT10 46-1XF40-0LA2
2.900 B
2.900 B
3RT10 46-3XB40-0LA2
3RT10 46-3XF40-0LA2
2.900
2.900
1)
Auxiliary switch blocks mountable as standard contactors.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/63
LV1_03.book Seite 64 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
Contactors with Extended Operating Range 0.7 ... 1.25 x Us , for Railway Applications
3TB5 motor contactors, 55 ... 200 kW
■ Overview
■ Application
EN 60947-4-1.
For requirements according to IEC 60077-1 and IEC 60077-2.
For operation in plants which are subject both to considerable
variations in the control voltage and to high ambient temperatures,
e.g. in railway applications.
The contactors are finger-safe according to EN 50274. Terminal
covers may have to be fitted onto the connecting bars, depending
on the configuration with other devices.
3
■ Selection and ordering data
3TB50 to 3TB56 contactors
For screw mounting
Magnetic coil fitted with varistor
Size
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3
Operational
current
Ie at
Auxiliary
contacts1)
Ratings of
induction motors at
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A
kW
kW
DT Screw terminals
Version
400 V
kW
Rated control
supply voltage
Us
kW
Order No.
NO
NC
V DC
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Contactors for switching AC voltage
DC operation · DC solenoid system
6
110
37
55
75
90
2
1
24
110
D
D
3TB50 17-0LB4
3TB50 17-0LF4
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
6.600
6.600
8
170
55
90
110
132
2
1
24
110
D
D
3TB52 17-0LB4
3TB52 17-0LF4
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
9.300
9.300
10
250
75
132
160
200
2
1
24
110
D
D
3TB54 17-0LB4
3TB54 17-0LF4
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
16.800
16.800
12
400
115
200
255
355
2
1
110
D
3TB56 17-0LF4
1 1 unit
101
19.800
1)
The number of auxiliary contacts cannot be increased.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/64
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 65 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
Contactors with Extended Operating Range 0.7 ... 1.25 x Us , for Railway Applications
3TC contactors for switching DC voltage, 2-pole
■ Overview
■ Application
EN 60947-4-1.
For operation in plants which are subject both to considerable
variations in the control voltage and to high ambient temperatures,
e.g. in railway applications.
For requirements according to IEC 60077-1 and IEC 60077-2.
The contactors are finger-safe according to EN 50274 (exception:
series resistor). Terminal covers may have to be fitted onto the
connecting bars, depending on the configuration with other
devices.
3
■ Selection and ordering data
3TC44: for screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
3TC48 to 3TC56: for screw mounting
Magnetic coil fitted with varistor
3TC48
Size
Utilization
category
Rated
operational
current Ie at
Rated power of
AC loads at
Auxiliary Rated control DT Screw terminals
contacts supply voltage
1)
Us
Order No.
Version
750 V
220 V 440 V 600 V 750 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
NO NC V DC
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Contactors for switching DC voltage ·
DC operation · DC solenoid system
2
DC-1
DC-3/DC-5
32
7.5
7
5
14
9
19.2
9
24
4
2
1
24
110
B
C
3TC44 17-0LB4
3TC44 17-0LF4
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
1.380
1.380
4
DC-1
DC-3/DC-5
75
75
16.5
13
33
27
45
38
56
45
2
1
24
110
C
C
3TC48 17-0LB4
3TC48 17-0LF4
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
4.900
4.900
8
DC-1
DC-3/DC-5
170
170
48
41
97
82
132
110
165
110
2
1
24
110
C
C
3TC52 17-0LB4
3TC52 17-0LF4
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
10.800
10.800
12
DC-1
DC-3/DC-5
400
400
88
70
176
140
240
200
300
250
2
1
24
110
C
D
3TC56 17-0LB4
3TC56 17-0LF4
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
19.500
19.500
1)
The number of auxiliary contacts cannot be increased.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/65
LV1_03.book Seite 66 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3TC Contactors for Switching DC Voltage
1- and 2-pole, 32 ... 400 A
■ Overview
■ Application
3TC4 and 3TC5
EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102).
The contactors are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
3
Terminal covers may have to be fitted onto the connecting bars,
depending on the configuration with other devices.
The DC motor ratings given in the tables are applicable to the
DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories with two-pole switching
of the load or with the two conducting paths of the contactor
connected in series.
One contactor conducting path can switch full power up to 220 V.
The ratings for higher voltages are available on request.
3TC7
EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102).
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are suitable
for switching and controlling DC motors as well as all other DC loads.
The electromagnetic excitation is designed for a particularly
wide coil operating range.
It is between 0.7 or 0.8 to 1.2 × Us.
3TC74 contactors can be used at up to 750 V/400 A and 50 Hz
in AC-1 operation.
3/66
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
The contactors are suitable for switching and controlling DC motors
as well as all other DC circuits.
A version with an especially large actuating voltage is available
for operation in electrically driven vehicles and in switchgear with
significant fluctuations in the operational voltage (see page 3/65).
LV1_03.book Seite 67 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3TC Contactors for Switching DC Voltage
1- and 2-pole, 32 ... 400 A
■ Selection and ordering data
3TC44
3TC48
Rated data DC-3 and DC-51)
Auxiliary
contacts2)
Ratings of
OperaDC motors at
tional
3)
current Ie
Version
Rated control DT Screw terminals
supply voltage
Us
Order No.
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
110 V 220 V 440 V 600 V 750 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
NO
NC
V
kg
3TC44 to 3TC56 two-pole contactors
DC operation
Screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
2
32
2.5
5
9
9
4
2
2
24 DC
110 DC
220 DC
}
}
}
3TC44 17-0AB4
3TC44 17-0AF4
3TC44 17-0AM4
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
1.100
1.100
1.100
Screw mounting
4
75
6.5
13
27
38
45
2
2
24 DC
110 DC
220 DC
A
A
A
3TC48 17-0AB4
3TC48 17-0AF4
3TC48 17-0AM4
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
4.700
4.700
4.700
8
2204)
20
41
82
110
110
2
2
24 DC
110 DC
220 DC
C
C
C
3TC52 17-0AB4
3TC52 17-0AF4
3TC52 17-0AM4
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
10.800
10.800
10.800
12
400
35
70
140
200
250
2
2
24 DC
110 DC
220 DC
C
C
C
3TC56 17-0AB4
3TC56 17-0AF4
3TC56 17-0AM4
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
19.500
19.500
19.500
AC operation, 50 Hz
Screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
2
32
2.5
5
9
9
4
2
2
220 / 230 AC5) }
110 / 110 AC
}
3TC44 17-0BP0
3TC44 17-0BF0
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
0.700
0.700
Screw mounting
4
75
6.5
13
27
38
45
2
2
220 / 230 AC5) A
110 AC
C
3TC48 17-0BP0
3TC48 17-0BF0
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
3.500
3.500
8
2204)
20
41
82
110
110
2
2
220 / 230 AC5) A
110 AC
C
3TC52 17-0BP0
3TC52 17-0BF0
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
7.200
7.200
12
400
35
70
140
200
250
2
2
220 / 230 AC5) C
110 AC
C
3TC56 17-0BP0
3TC56 17-0BF0
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
14.500
14.500
For more rated control supply voltages Us, see page 3/68.
1)
For permissible load for utilization category DC-1 see Technical Information
LV 1 T –> "Technical Specifications".
2)
The fitting of auxiliary switches cannot be altered on DC-operated contactors.
3)
The following rated operational currents are permitted for reversing duty
with 3TC44 to 3TC56 contactors:
Contactor Rated operational voltage
110 V, 220 V 440 V
Type
3TC44
3TC48
3TC52
3TC56
32 A
75 A
170 A
400 A
7A
75 A
170 A
400 A
4)
At > 600 V: Ie = 170 A.
5)
Operating range at 220 V: 0.85 to 1.15 x Us.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/67
3
Size
LV1_03.book Seite 68 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT, 3RH, 3TB, 3TC, 3TH, 3TK Contactors for Special Applications
3TC Contactors for Switching DC Voltage
1- and 2-pole, 32 ... 400 A
3
3TC74
Size
3TC78
Rated data
DC-3 and DC-51)
Auxiliary Rated control DT Screw terminals
contacts supply voltage
2)
Us
Ratings of
OperaDC motors at
tional
current Ie
Version
Order No.
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
110 V 220 V 440 V 600 V 750 V 1200 V 1500 V
A
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
NO NC V
kg
3TC74 1-pole contactors · Operational voltage up to 750 V
DC operation
12
400
35
70
140
200
250
--
--
4
4
24 DC
110 DC
C
C
3TC74 14-0EB
3TC74 14-0EF
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
10.800
10.800
70
140
200
250
--
--
4
4
230/220 AC3) C
3TC74 14-1CM
1 1 unit 101
10.800
AC operation, 50 Hz
12
400
35
3TC78 2-pole contactors · Operational voltage up to 1500 V
DC operation
12
400
35
70
140
200
250
400
500
4
4
24 DC
110 DC
C
C
3TC78 14-0EB
3TC78 14-0EF
1 1 unit 101
1 1 unit 101
22.500
22.500
70
140
200
250
400
500
4
4
230/220 AC3) C
3TC78 14-1CM
1 1 unit 101
23.800
AC operation, 50 Hz
12
400
35
For more rated control supply voltages Us, see below.
For spare parts, see page 3/129.
1)
For the permissible load for utilization category DC-1,
see Technical specifications.
2)
The fitting of auxiliary switches cannot be altered on
DC-operated contactors.
3)
Upper operating range limit at 230 V: 1.14 x Us.
Rated control supply voltages (the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
Contactor type
Rated control supply voltage Us
3TC44
3TC48
3TC52/56
3TC74/78
24 V AC
110 V AC
B0
F0
B0
F0
-F0
---
230/220 V AC
240 V AC
P01)
U0
P01)
U0
P01)
--
M2)
--
24 V AC
110 V AC
120 V AC
C2
G2
K2
----
----
----
220 V AC
230 V AC
N2
L2
---
---
---
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
B4
W4
E4
B4
W4
E4
B4
---
B
---
110 V DC
125 V DC
F4
F4
F4
F
G4
G4
--
--
220 V DC
M4
M4
M4
M
230 V DC
P4
P4
--
--
AC operation
Magnetic coils for 50 Hz
AC operation
Magnetic coils for 50/60 Hz
DC operation
1)
Operating range at 220 V or 380 V: 0.85 to 1.15 x Us;
lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
2)
Upper operating range limit at 230 V: 1.14 x Us.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/68
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 69 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3RH1 contactor relays, 4- and 8-pole
■ Overview
The SIRIUS generation of controls is a complete, modular system
family, logically designed right down to the last detail, from the
basic units to the accessories.
AC and DC operation
Contactor relays and coupling relays
Size S00 with accessories
The 3RH1 contactor relays are suitable for use in any climate.
They are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
IEC 60947, EN 60947 (VDE 0660)
The 3RH1 contactor relays have screw or Cage Clamp
terminals. Four contacts are available in the basic unit.
3
3
4
12
5
1
6
13
7
8
2
9
14
10
11
15
16
1
Contactor relay, see page 3/70
2
Coupling relay for auxiliary circuits, see page 3/78
3
Solid-state time-delay block, ON-delay, see page 3/106
4
Solid-state time-delay block, OFF-delay, see page 3/106
5
Auxiliary switch block with solid-state time delay, see page 3/105
(versions: ON or OFF-delay)
6
1-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above, see page 3/100
7
2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from above, see page 3/100
8
1-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below, see page 3/100
9
2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from below, see page 3/100
10 4-pole auxiliary switch block, see page 3/100
(terminal designations according to EN 50011 or EN 50005)
11 2-pole auxiliary switch block, standard version or solid-state time-delay
version, see page 3/100
(terminal designations according to EN 50005)
12 Solder pin adapter for contactor relays with 4-pole auxiliary switch block,
see page 3/111
13 Solder pin adapter for contactor relays and coupling relays, see page 3/110
14 Additional load module for increasing the permissible residual current,
see page 3/109
15 Surge suppressor with LED, see page 3/108
16 Surge suppressor without LED, see page 3/108
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/69
LV1_03.book Seite 70 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3RH1 contactor relays, 4- and 8-pole
■ Selection and ordering data
AC and DC operation
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3
Screw terminals
3RH11 . .-1. . .
3RH11 . .-2. . .
Rated
operational
current
Ie/AC-15/AC-14
Contacts
at 230 V
Ident. Version
No.
A
NO
Rated control
supply voltage
Us
NC
3RH12 . .-1. . .
3RH12 . .-2. . .
DT Screw terminals
Order No.
Weight
per PU
approx.
DT Cage Clamp terminals
Price
per PU
Order No.
kg
V AC
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
AC operation
50/60 Hz1)
• Size S00
Terminal designations according to EN 50011
6
40 E
4
--
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RH11 40-1AB00
3RH11 40-1AF00
3RH11 40-1AP00
0.200 }
0.200 }
0.200 }
3RH11 40-2AB00
3RH11 40-2AF00
3RH11 40-2AP00
0.200
0.200
0.200
31 E
3
1
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RH11 31-1AB00
3RH11 31-1AF00
3RH11 31-1AP00
0.200 }
0.200 }
0.200 }
3RH11 31-2AB00
3RH11 31-2AF00
3RH11 31-2AP00
0.200
0.200
0.200
22 E
2
2
24
110
230
}
}
}
3RH11 22-1AB00
3RH11 22-1AF00
3RH11 22-1AP00
0.200 }
0.200 }
0.200 }
3RH11 22-2AB00
3RH11 22-2AF00
3RH11 22-2AP00
0.200
0.200
0.200
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block
6
44 E
4
4
230
}
3RH12 44-1AP00
0.250 B
3RH12 44-2AP00
0.250
62 E
6
2
230
}
3RH12 62-1AP00
0.250 B
3RH12 62-2AP00
0.250
DC operation · DC solenoid system
DC
6
40 E
4
--
24
220
}
}
3RH11 40-1BB40
3RH11 40-1BM40
0.260 }
0.260 B
3RH11 40-2BB40
3RH11 40-2BM40
0.260
0.260
31 E
3
1
24
220
}
}
3RH11 31-1BB40
3RH11 31-1BM40
0.260 }
0.260 B
3RH11 31-2BB40
3RH11 31-2BM40
0.260
0.260
22 E
2
2
24
220
}
}
3RH11 22-1BB40
3RH11 22-1BM40
0.260 }
0.260 B
3RH11 22-2BB40
3RH11 22-2BM40
0.260
0.260
With permanently mounted auxiliary switch block
6
44 E
4
4
24
}
3RH12 44-1BB40
0.310 A
3RH12 44-2BB40
0.310
62 E
6
2
24
}
3RH12 62-1BB40
0.310 A
3RH12 62-2BB40
0.310
For other voltages see page 3/71, for contactors with permanently mounted auxiliary switch block please inquire.
For accessories, see page 3/100 and 3/102.
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see appendix -> Ordering notes.
1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/70
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 71 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3RH1 contactor relays, 4- and 8-pole
Rated control supply voltages
(the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
Contactor type
Rated control supply
voltage Us
3RH11
Control supply
voltage at
AC operation
Magnetic coils for AC 50/60 and 60 Hz
60 Hz
24 V AC
42 V AC
48 V AC
----
B0
D0
H0
110 V AC
220 V AC
230 V AC
----
F0
N2
P0
400 V AC
--
V0
3
50/60 Hz1)
Magnetic coils for AC 50/60 and 60 Hz (for Japan2))
100 V AC
200 V AC
400 V AC
110 V AC
220 V AC
440 V AC
G6
N6
R6
Magnetic coils for AC 50 and 60 Hz (for USA and Canada3))
50 Hz
60 Hz
110 V AC
220 V AC
120 V AC
240 V AC
K6
P6
DC operation
12 V DC
24 V DC
42 V DC
A4
B4
D4
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
W4
E4
F4
125 V DC
220 V DC
230 V DC
G4
M4
P4
1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us.
2)
Coil operating range
at 50/60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us.
3)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/71
LV1_03.book Seite 72 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3RH14 latched contactor relays, 4-pole
■ Overview
RC elements, varistors diodes or diode assemblies can be fitted
to both coils from the front for damping opening surges in the coil.
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947, EN 60947 (VDE 0660).
The contactor relay can also be switched on and released manually.
(For minimum actuating times, see Technical specifications).
The terminal designations comply with EN 50011.
The contactor coil and the coil of the release solenoid are both
designed for continuous duty.
3
The number of auxiliary contacts can be extended by means of
auxiliary switch blocks (up to 4 poles).
■ Selection and ordering data
3RH14 . -1. . . .
Rated operational
current
Ie/AC-15/AC-14
Contacts
at 230 V
Ident. No.
acc. to
EN 50011
A
Rated control
supply voltage
Us
DT
Order No.
Version
NO
NC
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
V
With screw terminals · for screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm
standard mounting rail
AC operation
AC 50/60 Hz1)
6
40 E
4
--
24
42
110
230
B
B
B
A
3RH14 40-1AB00
3RH14 40-1AD00
3RH14 40-1AF00
3RH14 40-1AP00
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.380
0.380
0.380
0.380
31 E
3
1
24
42
110
230
B
B
B
B
3RH14 31-1AB00
3RH14 31-1AD00
3RH14 31-1AF00
3RH14 31-1AP00
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.380
0.380
0.380
0.380
22 E
2
2
24
42
110
230
B
B
B
}
3RH14 22-1AB00
3RH14 22-1AD00
3RH14 22-1AF00
3RH14 22-1AP00
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.380
0.380
0.380
0.380
DC operation · DC solenoid system
DC
6
40 E
4
--
24
110
220
}
B
B
3RH14 40-1BB40
3RH14 40-1BF40
3RH14 40-1BM40
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.500
0.500
0.500
31 E
3
1
24
110
220
B
B
B
3RH14 31-1BB40
3RH14 31-1BF40
3RH14 31-1BM40
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.500
0.500
0.500
22 E
2
2
24
110
220
}
B
B
3RH14 22-1BB40
3RH14 22-1BF40
3RH14 22-1BM40
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.500
0.500
0.500
For accessories, see page 3/100 and 3/102.
1)
Coil operating range
at 50 Hz: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us
at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/72
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 73 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3TH4 contactor relays, 8- and 10-pole
■ Overview
AC and DC operation
Terminal designations according to EN 50011
IEC 60947 and EN 60947 (VDE 0660).
In terms of their terminal designations, identification numbers and
identification letters, the 3TH42/3TH43 contactor relays conform
to the standard EN 50011 for "Specific contactor relays".
The 3TH42/3TH43 contactor relays are suitable for use in any climate.
They are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
3
■ Selection and ordering data
3TH42 . .-0. . .
Contacts Rated operational current
Ie/AC-15/AC-14
at
Contacts
DT
Order No.
230/ 400/ 500 V 690/ Ident. No. Version
220 V 380 V
660 V acc. to
EN 50011
Number
A
A
A
A
NO
NC
NO
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
NC
With screw terminals · for screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm
standard mounting rail
AC operation, rated control supply voltage Us = 50 Hz 230/220 V AC1)
8
10
6
4
2
80 E
71 E
62 E
53 E
8
7
6
5
-1
2
3
-----
-----
}
}
D
}
3TH42 80-0AP0
3TH42 71-0AP0
3TH42 62-0AP0
3TH42 53-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.420
0.420
0.420
0.420
44 E
44 E, U
4
3
4
3
-1
-1
}
}
3TH42 44-0AP0
3TH42 93-0AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.420
0.420
DC operation · DC solenoid system, rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC
8
10
6
4
2
80 E
71 E
62 E
53 E
8
7
6
5
-1
2
3
-----
-----
}
}
}
}
3TH42 80-0BB4
3TH42 71-0BB4
3TH42 62-0BB4
3TH42 53-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.670
0.670
0.670
0.670
44 E
44 E, U
4
3
4
3
-1
-1
}
}
3TH42 44-0BB4
3TH42 93-0BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.670
0.670
For accessories, see page 3/124.
Spare parts
Magnetic coils:
AC operation: 3TY7 403-0A.
DC operation: 3TY4 803-0B.
(voltages on request)
Contacts:
The contacts cannot be replaced on 3TH42 contactor relays.
1)
Operating range at 220 V: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us;
lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/73
LV1_03.book Seite 74 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3TH4 contactor relays, 8- and 10-pole
3TH43 . .-0A. .
3TH43 . .-0B. .
Contacts Rated operational current
Ie/AC-15/AC-14
at
Contacts
DT
Order No.
3
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V Ident. No. Version
acc. to
EN 50011
Number
A
A
A
A
NO
NC
NO
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
NC
kg
With screw terminals · for screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm
standard mounting rail
AC operation, rated control supply voltage Us = 50 Hz 230/220 V AC1)
10
6
10
4
2
100 E
91 E
82 E
73 E
73 E,U
10
9
8
7
6
-1
2
3
2
----1
----1
}
}
}
}
}
3TH43 10-0AP0
3TH43 91-0AP0
3TH43 82-0AP0
3TH43 73-0AP0
3TH43 46-0AP0
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
0.480
0.480
0.480
0.480
0.480
64 E
55 E
55 E,U
6
5
4
4
5
4
--1
--1
}
}
}
3TH43 64-0AP0
3TH43 55-0AP0
3TH43 94-0AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.480
0.480
0.480
DC operation · DC solenoid system, rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC
10
6
10
4
2
100 E
91 E
82 E
73 E
73 E; U
10
9
8
7
6
-1
2
3
2
----1
----1
}
}
}
}
}
3TH43 10-0BB4
3TH43 91-0BB4
3TH43 82-0BB4
3TH43 73-0BB4
3TH43 46-0BB4
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
0.710
0.710
0.710
0.710
0.710
64 E
55 E
55 E; U
6
5
4
4
5
4
--1
--1
}
}
}
3TH43 64-0BB4
3TH43 55-0BB4
3TH43 94-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.710
0.710
0.710
For accessories, see page 3/124.
1)
Spare parts
Magnetic coils:
AC operation: 3TY7 403-0A. .
DC operation: 3TY4 803-0B. .
Contacts:
The contacts cannot be replaced on 3TH43 contactor relays.
Operating range at 220 V: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us;
lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
Rated control supply voltages (the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
Contactor type
Rated control
supply voltage Us
3TH42/3TH43
Contactor type
AC operation
Magnetic coils for AC 50 and 60 Hz
Magnetic coils for AC 50 Hz
50/60 Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
24 V AC
36 V AC
42 V AC
29 V AC
42 V AC
50 V AC
B0
G0
D0
48 V AC
60 V AC
110 V AC
58 V AC
72 V AC
132 V AC
H0
E0
F0
125/127 V AC
230/220 V AC
240 V AC
150/152 V AC
276 V AC
288 V AC
L0
P01)
U0
400/380 V AC
415 V AC
500 V AC
480/460 V AC
500 V AC
600 V AC
V01)
R0
S0
100-110 V AC
200-220 V AC
G62)
N62)
120 V AC
240 V AC
K62)
2)
For Japan
100 V AC
200 V AC
For USA and Canada
110 V AC
220 V AC
1)
Operating range at 220 V or 380 V: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us.
2)
Operating range at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us.
3TH42/3TH43
Rated control
supply voltage Us
Control supply
voltage at
P6
24 V AC
42 V AC
110 V AC
C2
D2
G2
115 V AC
120 V AC
220 V AC
J2
K2
N2
230 V AC
240 V AC
440 V AC
L2
P2
R2
DC operation
12 V DC
24 V DC
30 V DC
A4
B4
C4
36 V DC
42 V DC
48 V DC
V4
D4
W4
60 V DC
110 V DC
125 V DC
E4
F4
G4
220 V DC
230 V DC
240 V DC
M4
P4
Q4
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/74
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 75 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3TH2 contactor relays, 4- and 8-pole
■ Overview
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947 (VDE 0660).
The terminal designations comply with EN 50011.
3TH2 contactor relays
The 3TH2 contactor relays are suitable for use in any climate.
3
The contactor relays with screw terminal are finger-safe according
to EN 50274.
3TH27 latched contactor relays
The contactor coil and the coil of the release solenoid are both
designed for continuous duty.
RC elements, varistors diodes or diode assemblies can be fitted
to both coils from the front for damping opening surges in the coil.
The contactor relay can also be switched on and released manually.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/75
LV1_03.book Seite 76 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3TH2 contactor relays, 4- and 8-pole
■ Selection and ordering data
Contacts Rated operational current Contacts
Ie/AC-15/AC-14
at
DT
Flat/solder pin connections
Order No.
230/ 400/ 500 V 690/ Ident. No. Version
220 V 380 V
660 V acc. to
EN 50011
3
Number A
A
A
A
Screw terminals
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
NO NC
kg
Contactor relays with screw terminals ·
for screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
AC operation
4
4
3
2
1
40E
31E
22E
4
3
2
-1
2
A
A
A
3TH20 40-0AP0
3TH20 31-0AP0
3TH20 22-0AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.200
0.200
0.200
4
3
2
-1
2
A
A
A
3TH20 40-0BB4
3TH20 31-0BB4
3TH20 22-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.220
0.220
0.220
DC operation · DC solenoid system
4
4
3
2
1
40E
31E
22E
3TH20 . .-0A. .
Contactor relays with 6.3 mm x 0.8 mm flat connectors
AC operation
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
4
4
3
2
--
40E
31E
22E
4
3
2
-1
2
C
C
C
3TH20 40-3AP0
3TH20 31-3AP0
3TH20 22-3AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.170
0.170
0.170
40E
31E
22E
4
3
2
-1
2
C
C
C
3TH20 40-7AP0
3TH20 31-7AP0
3TH20 22-7AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.170
0.170
0.170
For screw mounting (diagonal)
3TH20 . .-3. . .
4
4
3
2
--
DC operation · DC solenoid system
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
4
4
3
2
--
40E
31E
22E
4
3
2
-1
2
C
C
C
3TH20 40-3BB4
3TH20 31-3BB4
3TH20 22-3BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.190
0.190
0.190
--
40E
31E
22E
4
3
2
-1
2
C
C
C
3TH20 40-7BB4
3TH20 31-7BB4
3TH20 22-7BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.190
0.190
0.190
for screw mounting (diagonal)
3TH20 . .-7. . .
4
4
3
2
Contactor relays with solder pin connections for printed circuit boards
AC operation
For screw mounting (diagonal)
4
4
3
2
--
40E
31E
22E
4
3
2
-1
2
C
C
C
3TH20 40-6AP0
3TH20 31-6AP0
3TH20 22-6AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.170
0.170
0.170
4
3
2
-1
2
C
C
C
3TH20 40-6BB4
3TH20 31-6BB4
3TH20 22-6BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.190
0.190
0.190
DC operation · DC solenoid system
3TH20 . .-6. . .
For screw mounting (diagonal)
4
4
3
2
--
40E
31E
22E
Contactor relays with permanently mounted auxiliary switch blocks
with screw terminals, width 45 mm ·
for screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
AC operation
8
3TH22 . .-0A. .
4
3
2
--
80E
71E
62E
8
7
6
0
1
2
C
C
C
3TH22 80-0AP0
3TH22 71-0AP0
3TH22 62-0AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.240
0.240
0.240
53E
44E
5
4
3
4
C
C
3TH22 53-0AP0
3TH22 44-0AP0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.240
0.240
80E
71E
62E
8
7
6
0
1
2
C
C
C
3TH22 80-0BB4
3TH22 71-0BB4
3TH22 62-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.260
0.260
0.260
53E
44E
5
4
3
4
C
C
3TH22 53-0BB4
3TH22 44-0BB4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.260
0.260
DC operation · DC solenoid system
8
4
3
2
--
For accessories, see page 3/125.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/76
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 77 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3TH2 contactor relays, 4- and 8-pole
Contacts
Rated operational current Contacts
Ie/AC-15/AC-14
at
DT
Order No.
230/ 400/ 500 V 690/ Ident. No. Version
220 V 380 V
660 V acc. to
EN 50011
Number
A
A
A
A
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
NO NC
kg
4
4
3
2
1
40E
31E
22E
3
Latched contactor relays with screw terminals ·
for screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
AC operation
4
3
2
-1
2
B
B
B
3TH27 40-0AP0
3TH27 31-0AP0
3TH27 22-0AP0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.350
0.350
0.350
4
3
2
-1
2
B
B
B
3TH27 40-0BB4
3TH27 31-0BB4
3TH27 22-0BB4
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.400
0.400
0.400
DC operation · DC solenoid system
3TH27 ..
4
4
3
2
1
40E
31E
22E
For accessories, see page 3/125.
Rated control supply voltages
(the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
Contactor type
3TH20 ..-0...
3TH20 ..-3...,
3TH20 ..-6...,
3TH20 ..-7...,
3TH22, 3TH27
B0
F0
P01)
--P01)
B4
F4
M4
B4
---
Rated control supply voltage Us
AC operation
Magnetic coils for AC 50 and 60 Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
24 V AC
110 V AC
230/220 V AC
29 V AC
132 V AC
276 V AC
DC operation
24 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
1)
Operating range at 220 V or 380 V:
0.85 to 1.15 x Us; lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
Please inquire about further voltages.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/77
LV1_03.book Seite 78 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RH, 3TH Contactor Relays
3RH11 coupling relays for switching
auxiliary circuits, 4-pole
■ Application
The 3RH11 coupling relays for switching auxiliary circuits are
tailored to the special requirements of working with electronic
controls.
DC operation
IEC 60947 and EN 60947 (VDE 0660).
The 3RH11 coupling relays cannot be extended with auxiliary
switch blocks.
3
■ Selection and ordering data
DC operation
Low power consumption
Extended operating range of the magnetic coils
Integrated coil circuit
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RH11 . .-1.B40
Surge
suppressors
3RH11 . .-2.B40
Rated opera- Auxiliary contacts
tional current
Ie/AC-15/AC-14
at 230 V
DT Screw terminals
Order No.
Ident. No. Version
acc. to
EN 50011
NO
A
Weight DT Cage Clamp terminals
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
Order No.
kg
NC
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S00
Terminal designations according to EN 50011
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC, operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x Us
Power consumption of the magnetic coils 2.3 W at 24 V (no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
Diode, varistor or 6
RC element,
attachable
40 E
31 E
22 E
4
3
2
-1
2
}
}
}
3RH11 40-1HB40
3RH11 31-1HB40
3RH11 22-1HB40
0.260 B
0.260 B
0.260 B
3RH11 40-2HB40
3RH11 31-2HB40
3RH11 22-2HB40
0.260
0.260
0.260
Built-in diode
6
40 E
31 E
22 E
4
3
2
-1
2
}
}
}
3RH11 40-1JB40
3RH11 31-1JB40
3RH11 22-1JB40
0.260 B
0.260 }
0.260 B
3RH11 40-2JB40
3RH11 31-2JB40
3RH11 22-2JB40
0.260
0.260
0.260
Built-in varistor
6
40 E
31 E
22 E
4
3
2
-1
2
}
}
}
3RH11 40-1KB40
3RH11 31-1KB40
3RH11 22-1KB40
0.260 B
0.260 }
0.260 }
3RH11 40-2KB40
3RH11 31-2KB40
3RH11 22-2KB40
0.260
0.260
0.260
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC, operating range 0.85 to 1.85 x Us
Power consumption of the magnetic coils 1.4 W at 24 V (no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
Diode, varistor or 6
RC element,
attachable
40 E
31 E
22 E
4
3
2
-1
2
B
B
A
3RH11 40-1MB40-0KT0
3RH11 31-1MB40-0KT0
3RH11 22-1MB40-0KT0
0.260 B
0.260 B
0.260 B
3RH11 40-2MB40-0KT0
3RH11 31-2MB40-0KT0
3RH11 22-2MB40-0KT0
0.260
0.260
0.260
Built-in diode
6
40 E
31 E
22 E
4
3
2
-1
2
B
A
B
3RH11 40-1VB40
3RH11 31-1VB40
3RH11 22-1VB40
0.260 B
0.260 B
0.260 B
3RH11 40-2VB40
3RH11 31-2VB40
3RH11 22-2VB40
0.260
0.260
0.260
Built-in varistor
6
40 E
31 E
22 E
4
3
2
-1
2
B
A
A
3RH11 40-1WB40
3RH11 31-1WB40
3RH11 22-1WB40
0.260 B
0.260 B
0.260 B
3RH11 40-2WB40
3RH11 31-2WB40
3RH11 22-2WB40
0.260
0.260
0.260
For accessories, see page 3/100 and 3/102.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/78
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 79 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT Coupling Relays
3RT10 coupling relays (interface),
for switching motors, 3-pole, 3 ... 11 kW
■ Application
The 3RT10 1 coupling relays cannot be extended with auxiliary
switch blocks.
DC operation
IEC 60947, EN 60947 (VDE 0660).
The 3RT10 coupling relays for switching motors are tailored to
the special requirements of working with electronic controls.
Two single-pole auxiliary switch blocks can be fitted to the
3RT10 2 coupling relays.
■ Selection and ordering data
3
DC operation
Low power consumption
Extended operating range of the magnetic coils
Integrated coil circuit
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RT10 1.-1.B4.
Surge
suppressors
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: up to 60 °C
Operational
current
Ie up to
Ratings of
induction
motors at
50 Hz and
400 V
400 V
A
kW
Auxiliary contacts
DT Screw terminals
Ident. Version
No.
NO
3RT10 1.-2.B4.
Order No.
Weight DT Cage Clamp terminals
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
Order No.
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
NC
kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S00
Terminal designations according to EN 50012.
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC, operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x Us
Power consumption of the magnetic coils 2.3 W at 24 V (no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
Diode, varistor 7
or RC element,
attachable
3
10
01
1
--
-1
}
}
3RT10 15-1HB41
3RT10 15-1HB42
0.260 B
0.260 B
3RT10 15-2HB41
3RT10 15-2HB42
0.260
0.260
Built-in diode
7
3
10
01
1
--
-1
}
}
3RT10 15-1JB41
3RT10 15-1JB42
0.260 }
0.260 }
3RT10 15-2JB41
3RT10 15-2JB42
0.260
0.260
Built-in varistor 7
3
10
01
1
--
-1
}
}
3RT10 15-1KB41
3RT10 15-1KB42
0.260 }
0.260 }
3RT10 15-2KB41
3RT10 15-2KB42
0.260
0.260
Diode, varistor 9
or RC element,
attachable
4
10
01
1
--
-1
}
}
3RT10 16-1HB41
3RT10 16-1HB42
0.260 B
0.260 B
3RT10 16-2HB41
3RT10 16-2HB42
0.260
0.260
Built-in diode
9
4
10
01
1
--
-1
}
}
3RT10 16-1JB41
3RT10 16-1JB42
0.260 }
0.260 }
3RT10 16-2JB41
3RT10 16-2JB42
0.260
0.260
Built-in varistor 9
4
10
01
1
--
-1
}
}
3RT10 16-1KB41
3RT10 16-1KB42
0.260 }
0.260 }
3RT10 16-2KB41
3RT10 16-2KB42
0.260
0.260
Diode, varistor 12
or RC element,
attachable
5.5
10
01
1
--
-1
A
B
3RT10 17-1HB41
3RT10 17-1HB42
0.260 B
0.260 B
3RT10 17-2HB41
3RT10 17-2HB42
0.260
0.260
Built-in diode
12
5.5
10
01
1
--
-1
}
}
3RT10 17-1JB41
3RT10 17-1JB42
0.260 }
0.260 A
3RT10 17-2JB41
3RT10 17-2JB42
0.260
0.260
Built-in varistor 12
5.5
10
01
1
--
-1
}
}
3RT10 17-1KB41
3RT10 17-1KB42
0.260 }
0.260 }
3RT10 17-2KB41
3RT10 17-2KB42
0.260
0.260
For accessories, see page 3/107.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/79
LV1_03.book Seite 80 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT Coupling Relays
3RT10 coupling relays (interface),
for switching motors, 3-pole, 3 ... 11 kW
DC operation
Low power consumption
Extended operating range of the magnetic coils
Integrated coil circuit
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RT10 1.-1.B4 .
Surge
suppressors
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: up to 60 °C
Operational
current
Ie up to
Ratings of
induction
motors at
50 Hz and
400 V
400 V
A
kW
Auxiliary
contacts
3RT10 1.-2.B4.
DT Screw terminals
Ident. Version
No.
Order No.
NO NC
Weight DT Cage Clamp terminals
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
Order No.
kg
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S00
Terminal designations according to EN 50012.
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC, operating range 0.85 to 1.85 x Us
Power consumption of the magnetic coils 1.4 W at 24 V (no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
Diode, varistor 7
or RC element,
attachable
3
10
01
1
--
-1
B
B
3RT10 15-1MB41-0KT0
3RT10 15-1MB42-0KT0
0.260 B
0.260 B
3RT10 15-2MB41-0KT0
3RT10 15-2MB42-0KT0
0.260
0.260
Built-in diode
7
3
10
01
1
--
-1
B
B
3RT10 15-1VB41
3RT10 15-1VB42
0.260 B
0.260 B
3RT10 15-2VB41
3RT10 15-2VB42
0.260
0.260
Built-in varistor 7
3
10
01
1
--
-1
A
B
3RT10 15-1WB41
3RT10 15-1WB42
0.260 B
0.260 B
3RT10 15-2WB41
3RT10 15-2WB42
0.260
0.260
Diode, varistor 9
or RC element,
attachable
4
10
01
1
--
-1
B
B
3RT10 16-1MB41-0KT0
3RT10 16-1MB42-0KT0
0.260 B
0.260 B
3RT10 16-2MB41-0KT0
3RT10 16-2MB42-0KT0
0.260
0.260
Built-in diode
9
4
10
01
1
--
-1
B
B
3RT10 16-1VB41
3RT10 16-1VB42
0.260 B
0.260 B
3RT10 16-2VB41
3RT10 16-2VB42
0.260
0.260
Built-in varistor 9
4
10
01
1
--
-1
B
B
3RT10 16-1WB41
3RT10 16-1WB42
0.260 B
0.260 B
3RT10 16-2WB41
3RT10 16-2WB42
0.260
0.260
Diode, varistor 12
or RC element,
attachable
5.5
10
01
1
--
-1
B
B
3RT10 17-1MB41-0KT0
3RT10 17-1MB42-0KT0
0.260 B
0.260 B
3RT10 17-2MB41-0KT0
3RT10 17-2MB42-0KT0
0.260
0.260
Built-in diode
12
5.5
10
01
1
--
-1
B
B
3RT10 17-1VB41
3RT10 17-1VB42
0.260 B
0.260 B
3RT10 17-2VB41
3RT10 17-2VB42
0.260
0.260
Built-in varistor 12
5.5
10
01
1
--
-1
B
B
3RT10 17-1WB41
3RT10 17-1WB42
0.260 B
0.260 B
3RT10 17-2WB41
3RT10 17-2WB42
0.260
0.260
For accessories, see page 3/107.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/80
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 81 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3RT Coupling Relays
3RT10 coupling relays (interface),
for switching motors, 3-pole, 3 ... 11 kW
DC operation
Low power consumption
Extended operating range of the magnetic coils
Integrated coil circuit
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RT10 2.-1KB40
Surge
Rated data
suppressors AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: up to 60 °C
Operational
current
Ie up to
Ratings of
induction
motors at
50 Hz and
400 V
400 V
A
kW
Auxiliary contacts
DT
Ident. Version
No.
NO
3RT10 2.-3KB40
Weight DT
per PU
approx.
Screw terminals
Order No.
Price
per PU
Cage Clamp terminals
Order No.
Price
per PU
kg
NC
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Size S0
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC, operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x Us
Power consumption of the magnetic coils 4.2 W at 24 V (2 single-pole auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
Varistor
mounted
12
17
25
5.5
7.5
11
----
----
----
}
}
}
3RT10 24-1KB40
3RT10 25-1KB40
3RT10 26-1KB40
0.600 B
0.600 }
0.600 }
3RT10 24-3KB40
3RT10 25-3KB40
3RT10 26-3KB40
0.600
0.600
0.600
For accessories, see page 3/101.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/81
LV1_03.book Seite 82 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3TX7, 3RS18 Coupling Relays
3TX7 Coupling Relays, Narrow Design
Relay couplers
■ Application
The input and output coupling links differ with regard to the
positioning of the terminals and the LEDs. For equipment identification purposes, each coupling link has a blank labeling plate.
AC and DC operation
EN 60664-1, EN 60947 and EN 50005.
3
In the coupling links in double-decker design, the connections
are arranged on two levels; the units are extremely compact.
Connection method: screw terminals or spring-loaded terminals.
For test purposes, versions are available with manual 0 automatic
switches.
In accordance with the technical specifications of electronic systems,
the coupling links have a lower power consumption.
■ Selection and ordering data
AC and DC operation · for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Rated control
supply voltage Us
at AC 50/60 Hz
Contacts
Version
Width
DT Screw terminals
Order No.
V
NO
CO
mm
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
3TX7 002 relay coupling links with screw terminals
Output coupling links
24 AC/DC
1
11)
---
11.5
}
}
3TX7 002-1AB00
3TX7 002-1AB02
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.035
0.035
24 AC/DC
230 AC/DC
--
1
17.5
}
}
3TX7 002-1BB00
3TX7 002-1BF00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.045
0.045
24 AC/DC
22)
--
-21) 2)
22.5
}
}
3TX7 002-1CB00
3TX7 002-1FB02
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.061
0.061
24 AC/DC
110 AC/DC
1
--
11.5
}
}
3TX7 002-2AB00
3TX7 002-2AE00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.035
0.035
230 AC/DC2)
1
--
11.5
}
}
3TX7 002-2AF00
3TX7 002-2AF05
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.035
0.035
230 AC/DC
--
11) 3)
17.5
}
3TX7 002-2BF02
1
1 unit
101
0.045
Input coupling links
3TX7 002-1. . . .
3TX7 002-2. . . .
Spring-loaded terminals
Order No.
Price
per PU
3TX7 003 relay coupling links with spring-loaded terminals
Output coupling links
24 AC/DC
1
--
11.5
}
3TX7 003-1AB00
1
1 unit
101
0.035
24 AC/DC
--
1
17.5
}
3TX7 003-1BB00
1
1 unit
101
0.045
24 AC/DC
22)
--
22.5
}
3TX7 003-1CB00
1
1 unit
101
0.055
Input coupling links
230 AC/DC
1
--
11.5
A
3TX7 003-2AF00
1
1 unit
101
0.035
3TX7 003
Note:
For coil voltages which are not listed, see SITOP power DC Power
Supplies, e.g. 6EP1 331-2BA10 and 6EP1 731-2BA00, in
"Power Supplies".
1)
Hard gold-plated contacts.
2)
The same potential must be applied to the output contacts of
the 2 NO/2 CO relays.
3)
Observe max. permissible cable length, see Technical specifications.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/82
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 83 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3TX7, 3RS18 Coupling Relays
3TX7 Coupling Relays, Narrow Design
Relay couplers
Rated control
supply voltage Us
at AC 50/60 Hz
Contacts
Version
Manual-0- Width
automatic
switch for
testing
purposes
DT Screw terminals
Order No.
V
NO
CO
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
mm
3TX7 004 relay couplers with screw terminals
3TX7 004-1LB0.
----
1
1
1
Without
None
None
6.2
6.2
12.51)
}
}
}
3TX7 004-1LB00
3TX7 004-1LF00
3TX7 004-1BF05
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.035
0.035
0.051
24 AC/DC
--
12)
None
6.2
}
3TX7 004-1LB02
1
1 unit
101
0.035
24 AC/DC
230 AC/DC
1
1
---
None
None
6.2
6.2
}
}
3TX7 004-1MB00
3TX7 004-1MF00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.035
0.035
24 AC/DC
--
1
With
12.5
}
3TX7 004-1BB10
1
1 unit
101
0.052
12)
12)
12)
----
None
Without
None
6.2
6.2
6.2
}
}
}
3TX7 004-2MB02
3TX7 004-2ME02
3TX7 004-2MF02
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.035
0.035
0.035
Input coupling links
24 AC/DC
110 AC/DC
230 AC/DC
Spring-loaded terminals
Order No.
Price
per PU
3TX7 005 relay couplers with spring-loaded terminals
Output coupling links
24 AC/DC
230 AC/DC
---
1
1
None
None
6.2
6.2
}
}
3TX7 005-1LB00
3TX7 005-1LF00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.035
0.035
24 AC/DC
--
12)
None
6.2
}
3TX7 005-1LB02
1
1 unit
101
0.035
24 AC/DC
230 AC/DC
1
1
---
None
None
6.2
6.2
}
}
3TX7 005-1MB00
3TX7 005-1MF00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.035
0.035
12)
12)
---
None
None
6.2
6.2
C
B
3TX7 005-2MB02
3TX7 005-2MF02
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.035
0.035
Input coupling links
24 AC/DC
230 AC/DC
3TX7 005-2MB02
Note:
For replacement products, see 3RS18 coupling links with industrial
housing or other 3TX7 0 products.
For coil voltages which are not listed, see SITOP power DC Power
Supplies, e.g. 6EP1 331-2BA10 and 6EP1 731-2BA00, in
"Power Supplies".
1)
For long cables.
2)
Hard gold-plated contacts.
■ Accessories
For coupling link
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Type
Connecting combs
3TX7 004
24 terminals, blue
Width 6.2 mm
}
3TX7 004-8AA00
1
1 unit
101
0.017
24 terminals with supply,
blue
A
3TX7 004-8BA00
1
1 unit
101
0.040
3TX7 004-8AA00
Connecting cables
3TX7 002, 3TX7 003,
3TX7 004, 3TX7 005
3TX7 004-8BA00
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/83
3
Output coupling links
24 AC/DC
230 AC/DC
LV1_03.book Seite 84 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3TX7, 3RS18 Coupling Relays
3TX7 Coupling Relays, Narrow Design
Relay couplers with plug-in connection
3
■ Benefits
Advantages
• Plug-in base couplers with spring-loaded terminals and
6.2 mm width
• Fast exchange with permanent wiring (plug-in relay)
• The wire inlet and terminals can be reached from the front.
This results in faster wiring time and wiring errors are prevented.
• Tested complete units → short assembly time
• Single relays available as components
• Linking of supply voltage and control signals with 16-pole
connecting comb
• Galvanic isolation plate for isolating different voltages for
neighboring units
• Device variants with hard gold-plated contacts, hence high
contact reliability
• 24 V DC version also available as variant with NO contact
• Integrated reverse polarity protection and EMC arc-suppression
diode
• Clearly visible functional state of the relay coupler by yellow LED
• Safe isolation according to EN 50178
• 230 V AC/DC versions available
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated control
supply voltage Us
at AC 50/60 Hz
Contacts
Version
DT
Order No.
V
NO
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
CO
Plug-in base couplers with screw terminals, 6.2 mm,
complete with relay
24 DC
24 DC
1
--
-1
A
A
3TX7 014-1AM00
3TX7 014-1BM00
1
1
5 units
5 units
101
101
0.035
0.035
24 AC/DC
115 AC/DC
230 AC/DC
----
1
1
1
A
A
A
3TX7 014-1BB00
3TX7 014-1BE00
3TX7 014-1BF00
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
101
101
101
0.035
0.045
0.041
3TX7 014-1AM00
Plug-in base couplers with screw terminals, 6.2 mm,
complete with relay and hard gold-plating1)
24 DC
--
1
A
3TX7 014-1BM02
1
5 units
101
0.035
24 AC/DC
115 AC/DC
230 AC/DC
----
1
1
1
A
A
A
3TX7 014-1BB02
3TX7 014-1BE02
3TX7 014-1BF02
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
101
101
101
0.035
0.041
0.035
Spring-loaded terminals
Order No.
Price
per PU
Plug-in base couplers with spring-loaded terminals, 6.2 mm,
complete with relay
24 DC
24 DC
1
--
-1
A
A
3TX7 015-1AM00
3TX7 015-1BM00
1
1
5 units
5 units
101
101
0.045
0.045
24 AC/DC
115 AC/DC
230 AC/DC
----
1
1
1
A
A
A
3TX7 015-1BB00
3TX7 015-1BE00
3TX7 015-1BF00
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
101
101
101
0.045
0.045
0.045
Plug-in base couplers with spring-loaded terminals, 6.2 mm,
complete with relay and hard gold-plating1)
1)
24 DC
--
1
A
3TX7 015-1BM02
1
5 units
101
0.045
24 AC/DC
115 AC/DC
230 AC/DC
----
1
1
1
A
A
A
3TX7 015-1BB02
3TX7 015-1BE02
3TX7 015-1BF02
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
101
101
101
0.040
0.045
0.045
The variants with hard gold-plated contacts feature high contact reliability
(also for low currents) and are therefore especially suitable for steady-state
inputs of programmable logic controllers.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/84
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 85 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3TX7, 3RS18 Coupling Relays
3TX7 Coupling Relays, Narrow Design
Relay couplers with plug-in connection
Rated control
supply voltage Us
at AC 50/60 Hz
Used for
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
V
12 DC
Complete units 24 V AC/DC
Complete units 24 V AC/DC,
hard gold-plated
A
A
3TX7 014-7BQ00
3TX7 014-7BQ02
1 20 units
1 20 units
101
101
0.035
0.035
24 DC
Complete units 24 V DC
Complete units 24 V DC,
hard gold-plating
A
A
3TX7 014-7BM00
3TX7 014-7BM02
1 20 units
1 20 units
101
101
0.035
0.035
60 DC
Complete units
115 V and 230 V AC/DC
Complete units
115 V and 230 V AC/DC,
hard gold-plated
A
3TX7 014-7BP00
1 20 units
101
0.035
A
3TX7 014-7BP02
1 20 units
101
0.035
A
3TX7 014-7AA00
1
5 units
101
0.035
A
3TX7 014-7CE00
1 10 units
101
0.035
Connecting combs 16-pole, blue
For linking the same potentials,
16-pole,
current carrying capacity for infeed max. 6 A
3TX7 014-7AA00
Galvanic isolation plates
3TX7014 and 3TX7015
3TX7 014-7CE00
2 4 V
L Y A A 0 2 4 Y
D C
A P E 3 0 0 2 4
S P U L E :2 4 V
V 2 3 0 9 2 -A 1 0 2 4 -A 3 0 1
2 4 V
3TX7 014-. .
3TX7 015-. .
(+)A1/(-)A2
NO (13/14)
CO (11/12/14)
3TX7 014-. .
FTR-LY..
APE. .
V23092-. .
. .-1AM001)
24 V DC
NO
. .-7BM001)
..CA024Y
..30024
..A1024-A301
. .-1BM001)
24 V DC
CO
. .-7BM001)
..CA024Y
..30024
..A1024-A301
. .-1BB001)
24 V AC/DC
CO
. .-7BQ001)
..CA012Y
..30012
..A1012-A301
. .-1BE001)
115 V AC/DC
CO
. .-7BP001)
--
..30060
..A1060-A301
. .-1BF001)
230 V AC/DC
CO
. .-7BP001)
--
..30060
..A1060-A301
24 V DC
CO
. .-7BM022)
..CA024V
..30124
..A1024-A201
. .-1BB022)
24 V AC/DC
CO
. .-7BQ022)
..CA012V
..30112
..A1012-A201
. .-1BE022)
115 V AC/DC
CO
. .-7BP022)
--
..30160
..A1060-A201
. .-1BF022)
230 V AC/DC
CO
. .-7BP022)
--
..30160
..A1060-A201
. .-1BM02
2)
1)
= AgSn0
2)
= AgSn0+Au
NSB0_01617
F &T
NSB0_01616
The variants with hard gold-plated contacts feature high contact reliability
(also for low currents) and are therefore especially suitable for steady-state
inputs of programmable logic controllers.
NSB0_01615
1)
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/85
3
Replacement relay modules1), 6.2 mm, 1 changeover contact
LV1_03.book Seite 86 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3TX7, 3RS18 Coupling Relays
3TX7 Coupling Relays, Narrow Design
Semiconductor couplers
■ Overview
AC and DC operation
EN 60664-1, EN 60947 and EN 50005; optocouplers: EN 60747-5,
IEC 61131-2 (programmable controllers).
In accordance with the technical specifications of electronic
systems, the coupling links have a lower power consumption.
3
In the coupling links in double-decker design, the connections
are arranged on two levels; the units are extremely compact.
Connection method: screw terminals or spring-loaded terminals.
For test purposes, versions are available with manual 0 automatic
switches.
The input and output coupling links differ with regard to the
positioning of the terminals and the LEDs. For equipment identification purposes, each coupling link has a blank labeling plate.
■ Selection and ordering data
AC and DC operation · for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
Switching
voltage
Rated control
supply voltage Us
at AC 50/60 Hz
Switch- Width
ing
current
DT Screw terminals
Order No.
Contacts
V
V
A
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
mm
kg
3TX7 002 semiconductor couplers with screw terminals, 1 transistor
Output coupling links
24 DC
48 ... 264 AC 1.8
< 60 DC
1.5
12.5
11.5
}
}
3TX7 002-3AB00
3TX7 002-3AB01
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.033
0.035
< 30 DC
< 30 DC
12.5
12.5
}
}
3TX7 002-4AB00
3TX7 002-4AG00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.031
0.035
Input coupling links
24 AC/DC
110 … 240 AC
0.1
0.1
3TX7 002
Rated control
supply voltage Us
at AC 50/60 Hz
Switching Switch- Manual-0voltage
ing
automatic
current switch for
testing
purposes
Width DT Screw terminals
V
V
mm
A
Order No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
3TX7 004 semiconductor couplers with screw terminals
Output coupling links
3TX7 004-3AB04
24 DC
≤ 48 DC
0.5
24 DC
≤ 30 DC
1.5
24 DC
≤ 30 DC
3
110 ... 230 AC/DC
≤ 30 DC
3
24 DC
≤ 30 DC
5
Without
24 DC
≤ 30 DC
5
With
24 DC
24 ... 250 AC 2
Without
≤ 30 DC
Without
Without
Without
}
3TX7 004-3AB04
1
1 unit
101
0.034
}
3TX7 004-3PB54
1
1 unit
101
0.029
}
3TX7 004-3PB74
1
1 unit
101
0.032
A
3TX7 004-3PG74
1
1 unit
101
0.033
}
3TX7 004-3AC04
1
1 unit
101
0.052
B
3TX7 004-3AC14
1
1 unit
101
0.061
12.5
}
3TX7 004-3AC03
1
1 unit
101
0.060
6.2
}
3TX7 004-4PG24
1
1 unit
101
0.034
6.2
6.2
12.5
Input coupling links
110 ... 230 AC/DC
0.1
Spring-loaded terminal
Order No.
Price
per PU
3TX7 005 semiconductor couplers with spring-loaded terminals
Output coupling links
24 DC
24 DC
≤ 48 DC
≤ 30 DC
0.5
1.5
Without
6.2
}
}
3TX7 005-3AB04
3TX7 005-3PB54
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.031
0.025
24 DC
110 ... 230 AC/DC
≤ 30 DC
3
Without
6.2
A
A
3TX7 005-3PB74
3TX7 005-3PG74
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.027
0.027
24 DC
24 DC
≤ 30 DC
5
Without
With
12.5
}
C
3TX7 005-3AC04
3TX7 005-3AC14
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.047
0.051
24 DC
24 ... 250 AC 2
Without
12.5
C
3TX7 005-3AC03
1
1 unit
101
0.056
≤ 30 DC
Without
6.2
}
3TX7 005-4PG24
1
1 unit
101
0.031
Input coupling links
110 ... 230 AC/DC
0.1
Note:
For replacement products, see 3RS18 coupling links with industrial
housing or other 3TX7 0 products.
For coil voltages which are not listed, see SITOP power DC Power
Supplies, e.g. 6EP1 331-2BA10 and 6EP1 731-2BA00, in
"Power Supplies".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/86
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 87 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3TX7, 3RS18 Coupling Relays
3TX7 Coupling Relays, Narrow Design
Semiconductor couplers
■ Accessories
For coupling link
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Type
Connecting combs 24-pole, blue
}
3TX7 004-8AA00
1
1 unit
101
0.017
With infeed,
A
current carrying capacity for
infeed max. 12 A,
length of cable between 2 terminals
approx. 11 cm in each case
3TX7 004-8BA00
1
1 unit
101
0.040
For linking the same potentials,
current carrying capacity for
infeed max. 26 A
3
3TX7 004
3TX7 004-8AA00
Connecting cables 24-pole, blue
3TX7 002, 3TX7 003,
3TX7 004, 3TX7 005
3TX7 004-8BA00
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/87
LV1_03.book Seite 88 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3TX7, 3RS18 Coupling Relays
3RS18 Coupling Relays with Industrial Housing
Relay couplers
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Wide voltage range: one product for all voltages
• The industrial housing supports the same connection methods
as the timing relay including spring-type connections, 2 wires
can be clamped
• Versions with solid-state time-delay outputs (hard gold-plating)
• Up to 3 changeover contacts with only 22.5 mm width.
The new 3RS18 coupling relays are couplers in the well-proven
standard 22.5 mm timing relay enclosure. The series comprises
relays with 1, 2 and 3 changeover contacts with screw and
spring-type connections for combined voltages and wide
voltage ranges.
The relay coils are protected internally with noise suppression
diodes.
3
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated control
supply voltage Us
at AC 50/60 Hz
Contacts
Version
V
CO
DT
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
Order No.
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Coupling relays with industrial housing with screw terminals, 22.5 mm
Wide voltage range
24 ... 240 AC/DC
2
3
31)
A
C
A
3RS18 00-1BW00
3RS18 00-1HW00
3RS18 00-1HW01
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.143
0.168
0.168
24 AC/DC and
110 ... 120 AC
1
2
3
31)
C
C
C
C
3RS18 00-1AQ00
3RS18 00-1BQ00
3RS18 00-1HQ00
3RS18 00-1HQ01
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.116
0.142
0.173
0.173
24 AC/DC and
220 ... 240 AC
1
2
3
31)
C
C
C
C
3RS18 00-1AP00
3RS18 00-1BP00
3RS18 00-1HP00
3RS18 00-1HP01
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.112
0.142
0.166
0.170
Combination voltage
3RS18 00-1. . . .
Spring-loaded terminals
Order No.
Price
per PU
Coupling relays with industrial housing with spring-loaded terminals,
22.5 mm
Wide voltage range
24 ... 240 AC/DC
2
3
31)
C
C
C
3RS18 00-2BW00
3RS18 00-2HW00
3RS18 00-2HW01
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.128
0.144
0.145
24 AC/DC and
110 ... 120 AC
1
2
3
31)
C
C
C
C
3RS18 00-2AQ00
3RS18 00-2BQ00
3RS18 00-2HQ00
3RS18 00-2HQ01
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.104
0.120
0.147
0.147
24 AC/DC and
220 ... 240 AC
1
2
3
31)
C
C
C
C
3RS18 00-2AP00
3RS18 00-2BP00
3RS18 00-2HP00
3RS18 00-2HP01
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.104
0.122
0.143
0.147
Combination voltage
1)
Hard gold-plated contacts.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/88
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 89 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
LZS, LZX Plug-in Relays
Relay couplers
■ Overview
The LZX complete units and accessory parts previously available
are no longer listed in this catalog. They can still be supplied
however in limited quantities. In their place you will now find the
new LZS types. LZS complete units are fully compatible with
their predecessors, the LZX complete units. The LZX plug-in
relays have not been changed and are used accordingly in both
the LZS and the LZX series.
Prices for the new LZS series are lower than for the previous
LZX series. In addition the LZS series offers not only service-proven
screw connections but also variants with push-in terminals.
The following conversion list will help you to change over from
the LZX types previously sold to the new LZS types. Please contact
your regional adviser if you have any questions.
3
Due to differences in geometry the LED modules, plug-in bases,
fixing brackets and labels can be combined and/or used in only
the respective series, LZS or LZX.
List for converting from LZX to LZS relay couplers:
List for converting from LZX to LZS accessories for individual modules:
Complete units
Accessories for individual modules
Previous Order No.
New Order No.
Previous Order No.
New Order No.
LZX:PT3A5L24
LZS:PT3A5L24
LZX:MT28800
LZS:MT28800
LZX:PT3A5R24
LZS:PT3A5R24
LZX:MT78750
LZS:MT78750
LZX:PT3A5S15
LZS:PT3A5S15
LZX:PT16016
LZS:PT17024
LZX:PT3A5T30
LZS:PT3A5T30
LZX:PT16040
LZS:PT17040
LZX:PT5A5L24
LZS:PT5A5L24
LZX:PT78702
LZS:PT78720
LZX:PT5A5R24
LZS:PT5A5R24
LZX:PT78703
LZS:PT78730
LZX:PT5A5S15
LZS:PT5A5S15
LZX:PT78704
LZS:PT78740
LZX:PT5A5T30
LZS:PT5A5T30
LZX:PT78802
LZS:PT78722
LZX:PT5B5L24
LZS:PT5B5L24
LZX:PT78804
LZS:PT78742
LZX:PT5B5R24
LZS:PT5B5R24
LZX:RPMG0024
LZS:PTMG0024
LZX:PT5B5S15
LZS:PT5B5S15
LZX:RPMG0524
LZS:PTMG0524
LZX:PT5B5T30
LZS:PT5B5T30
LZX:RPMG0730
LZS:PTMG0730
LZX:RT3A4L24
LZS:RT3A4L24
LZX:RPML0024
LZS:PTML0024
LZX:RT3A4R24
LZS:RT3A4R24
LZX:RPML0524
LZS:PTML0524
LZX:RT3A4S15
LZS:RT3A4S15
LZX:RPML0730
LZS:PTML0730
LZX:RT3A4T30
LZS:RT3A4T30
LZX:RPMT00A0
LZS:PTMT00A0
LZX:RT3B4L24
LZS:RT3B4L24
LZX:RPMU0548
LZS:PTMU0524
LZX:RT3B4R24
LZS:RT3B4R24
LZX:RPMU0730
LZS:PTMU0730
LZX:RT3B4S15
LZS:RT3B4S15
LZX:RT16016
LZS:RT17016
LZX:RT3B4T30
LZS:RT3B4T30
LZX:RT78625
LZS:RT78725
LZX:RT4A4L24
LZS:RT4A4L24
LZX:RT78626
LZS:RT78726
LZX:RT4A4R24
LZS:RT4A4R24
LZX:RY16040
LZS:RT17040
LZX:RT4A4S15
LZS:RT4A4S15
LZX:RT4A4T30
LZS:RT4A4T30
LZX:RT4B4L24
LZS:RT4B4L24
LZX:RT4B4R24
LZS:RT4B4R24
LZX:RT4B4S15
LZS:RT4B4S15
LZX:RT4B4T30
LZS:RT4B4T30
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/89
LV1_03.book Seite 90 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
LZS, LZX Plug-in Relays
Relay couplers
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Rated control
Contacts, Width
supply voltage Us number
at AC 50/60 Hz of CO
contacts
DT Screw terminals
Order No.
V
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
mm
kg
Complete units, 11- and 14-pole, PT series
Complete units with plug-in base
3
For snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
comprising:
• Plug-in relays
• Standard plug-in base with screw terminal
• LED module
(version 24 V DC: LED module with freewheel diode)
• Fixing/ejection bracket
• Labels
LZS:PT3A5L24
3 CO
24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC
3
28
A
A
A
A
LZS:PT3A5L24
LZS:PT3A5R24
LZS:PT3A5S15
LZS:PT3A5T30
1
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
101
101
101
101
0.085
0.085
0.085
0.085
4 CO
24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC
4
28
A
A
A
A
LZS:PT5A5L24
LZS:PT5A5R24
LZS:PT5A5S15
LZS:PT5A5T30
1
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
101
101
101
101
0.090
0.090
0.090
0.090
A
A
A
A
LZS:PT5B5L24
LZS:PT5B5R24
LZS:PT5B5S15
LZS:PT5B5T30
1
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
101
101
101
101
0.095
0.095
0.095
0.095
1
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
101
101
101
101
0.098
0.098
0.098
0.098
Complete units with plug-in base (logical isolation)1)
For snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
comprising:
• Plug-in relays
• Plug-in base with logical isolation and screw terminals
• LED module
(version 24 V DC: LED module with freewheel diode)
• Fixing/ejection bracket
• Labels
4 CO
24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC
4
28
Push-in terminals
Order No.
Price
per PU
Complete units, 11- and 14-pole, PT series
Complete units with plug-in base (logical isolation)1)
For snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
comprising:
• Plug-in relays
• Plug-in base with logical isolation and push-in terminals
• LED module
(version 24 V DC: LED module with freewheel diode)
• Fixing/ejection bracket
• Labels
4 CO
24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC
4
28
A
A
A
A
LZS:PT5D5L24
LZS:PT5D5R24
LZS:PT5D5S15
LZS:PT5D5T30
LZS:PT5D5L24
1)
Note:
Logical isolation: The terminals for the contacts and the terminals for the
coil are arranged on separate levels, e.g. above for contacts and below for
the coil. Logical isolation is not necessarily safe isolation (see the technical
specifications of the relay types).
Safe isolation: Safe isolation prevents voltage of one circuit affecting
another circuit with sufficient protection (EN 61140).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/90
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 91 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
LZS, LZX Plug-in Relays
Relay couplers
Version
Rated control
Contacts, Width DT Order No.
supply voltage Us number
at AC 50/60 Hz of CO
contacts
V
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
mm
Individual modules for customer assembly, PT series
Industrial relays, 8-, 11-, and 14-pole
Mini industrial relays
LZX:PT370024
24 DC
2
3
4
22.5
}
}
}
LZX:PT270024
LZX:PT370024
LZX:PT570024
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.030
0.031
0.031
24 AC
2
3
4
22.5
C
A
}
LZX:PT270524
LZX:PT370524
LZX:PT570524
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.030
0.031
0.031
115 AC
2
3
4
22.5
C
A
}
LZX:PT270615
LZX:PT370615
LZX:PT570615
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.028
0.030
0.030
230 AC
2
3
4
22.5
}
}
}
LZX:PT270730
LZX:PT370730
LZX:PT570730
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.029
0.030
0.030
24 DC
230 AC
4
22.5
}
}
LZX:PT580024
LZX:PT580730
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.031
0.031
24 DC
230 AC
4
22.5
C
C
LZX:PT520024
LZX:PT520730
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.031
0.031
• With hard gold-plating
• Without test bracket
Plug-in bases for PT relays
Screw terminals
Standard plug-in bases with screw terminal
For mounting onto standard mounting rail
--
2
3
4
28
}
}
}
LZS:PT78720
LZS:PT78730
LZS:PT78740
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.045
0.048
0.050
2
4
28
}
}
LZS:PT78722
LZS:PT78742
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.048
0.050
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.045
0.050
Plug-in bases with logical isolation2)
and screw terminals
For mounting onto standard mounting rail
LZS:PT78720
-Plug-in bases with logical isolation2)
with push-in terminals
For mounting onto standard mounting rail
--
Push-in terminals
2
4
28
}
}
LZS:PT7872P
LZS:PT7874P
LZS:PT78740
LZS:PT78722
LZS:PT7874P
1)
The test bracket is designed to be non-latching. If the test bracket is
pressed further until 90° has been reached, two small lugs break off and
the test bracket can be latched in position.
2)
Note:
Logical isolation: The terminals for the contacts and the terminals for the
coil are arranged on separate levels, e.g. above for contacts and below for
coil. Logical isolation is not necessarily safe isolation (see the technical
specifications of the relay types).
Safe isolation: Safe isolation prevents voltage of one circuit affecting
another circuit with sufficient protection (EN 61140).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/91
3
• With test bracket and mechanical
switch position indicator, without LED1)
LV1_03.book Seite 92 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
LZS, LZX Plug-in Relays
Relay couplers
Version
Rated control
Contacts, Width DT Order No.
supply voltage Us number
at AC 50/60 Hz
of CO
contacts
V
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
mm
Individual modules for customer assembly, PT series
More individual modules
LED modules
• Red
3
With freewheel diode 24 DC
LZS:PTML0024
Without freewheel
diode
--
12.5
24 AC/DC
110 … 230 AC/DC
}
LZS:PTML0024
1
1 unit
101
0.004
}
}
LZS:PTML0524
LZS:PTML0730
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.004
0.004
• Green
With freewheel diode 24 DC
Without freewheel
diode
--
12.5
24 AC
110 … 230 AC/DC
}
LZS:PTMG0024
1
1 unit
101
0.004
}
}
LZS:PTMG0524
LZS:PTMG0730
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.004
0.004
}
LZS:PT17021
100 10 units
101
0.300
Fixing/ejection brackets for PT base
With logical isolation1),
screw terminals and push-in terminals
LZS:PT17021
--
26
Fixing/ejection brackets for standard plug-in base
--
26
}
LZS:PT17024
100 10 units
101
0.300
--
--
26
}
LZS:PT17040
100 10 units
101
0.200
24 ... 48 AC
110 … 230 AC
--
26
}
}
LZS:PTMU0524
LZS:PTMU0730
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.004
0.004
26
}
LZS:PTMT00A0
1
1 unit
101
0.004
A
3TX7 004-8BA00
1
1 unit
101
0.040
Without logical isolation,
screw terminals
Labels
RC elements
LZS:PT17024
Freewheel diodes with connection to A1
LZS:PT17040
6 … 230 DC
--
Connecting cables
24-pole,
current carrying capacity 12 A,
with supply, blue
LZS:PTMU0730
3TX7 004-8BA00
Individual modules for customer assembly, MT series
Industrial relays, 11-pole
Industrial relays with test bracket
LZX:MT326024
Without LED
With LED
24 DC
3
35.5
A
}
LZX:MT321024
LZX:MT323024
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.088
0.088
Without LED
With LED
24 AC
3
35.5
A
C
LZX:MT326024
LZX:MT328024
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.089
0.089
Without LED
With LED
115 AC
3
35.5
C
C
LZX:MT326115
LZX:MT328115
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.087
0.088
Without LED
With LED
230 AC
3
35.5
A
A
LZX:MT326230
LZX:MT328230
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.089
0.089
Plug-in bases for mounting onto standard mounting rail
For mounting onto standard mounting rail
With screw terminal
Screw terminals
--
38
}
LZS:MT78750
1
1 unit
101
0.050
--
38
}
LZS:MT28800
1
1 unit
101
0.003
Fixing brackets
-LZS:MT78750
Note:
For coil voltages which are not listed, see SITOP power DC Power
Supplies, e.g. 6EP1 331-2AB10 and
6EP1 731-2AB00, in "Power Supplies".
1)
Note:
Logical isolation: The terminals for the contacts and the terminals for the
coil are arranged on separate levels, e.g. above for contacts and below for
coil. Logical isolation is not necessarily safe isolation (see the technical
specifications of the relay types).
Safe isolation: Safe isolation prevents voltage of one circuit affecting
another circuit with sufficient protection (EN 61140).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/92
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 93 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
LZS, LZX Plug-in Relays
Relay couplers
Version
Rated control
Contacts, Width
supply voltage Us number
at AC 50/60 Hz of CO
contacts
V
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
mm
Complete units, 8-pole, 5 mm pinning, RT series
Complete units with standard plug-in base
Screw terminals
3
For snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
comprising:
• Plug-in relays
• Standard plug-in base with screw terminal
• LED module
(version 24 V DC: LED module with freewheel diode)
• Fixing/ejection bracket
• Labels
1 CO
24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC
1
15.5
A
A
A
A
LZS:RT3A4L24
LZS:RT3A4R24
LZS:RT3A4S15
LZS:RT3A4T30
1
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
101
101
101
101
0.052
0.052
0.052
0.052
2 CO
24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC
2
15.5
A
A
A
A
LZS:RT4A4L24
LZS:RT4A4R24
LZS:RT4A4S15
LZS:RT4A4T30
1
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
101
101
101
101
0.052
0.052
0.052
0.052
Complete units with plug-in base with logical isolation
and screw terminals
For snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
comprising:
• Plug-in relays
• Plug-in base with logical isolation and screw terminals
• LED module
(version 24 V DC: LED module with freewheel diode)
• Fixing/ejection bracket
• Labels
LZS:RT4B4T30
1 CO
24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC
1
15.5
A
A
A
A
LZS:RT3B4L24
LZS:RT3B4R24
LZS:RT3B4S15
LZS:RT3B4T30
1
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
101
101
101
101
0.055
0.055
0.055
0.055
2 CO
24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC
2
15.5
A
A
A
A
LZS:RT4B4L24
LZS:RT4B4R24
LZS:RT4B4S15
LZS:RT4B4T30
1
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
101
101
101
101
0.055
0.055
0.055
0.055
Push-in terminals
Order No.
Price
per PU
Complete units, 8-pole, 5 mm pinning, RT series
Complete units with plug-in base with logical isolation
and push-in terminals
For snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
comprising:
• Plug-in relays
• Plug-in base with logical isolation and push-in terminals
• LED module
(version 24 V DC: LED module with freewheel diode)
• Fixing/ejection bracket
• Labels
1 CO
24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC
1
15.5
A
A
A
A
LZS:RT3D4L24
LZS:RT3D4R24
LZS:RT3D4S15
LZS:RT3D4T30
1
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
101
101
101
101
0.065
0.065
0.065
0.065
2 CO
24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC
2
15.5
A
A
A
A
LZS:RT4D4L24
LZS:RT4D4R24
LZS:RT4D4S15
LZS:RT4D4T30
1
1
1
1
5 units
5 units
5 units
5 units
101
101
101
101
0.065
0.065
0.065
0.065
LZS:RT3D4L24
Note:
Logical isolation: The terminals for the contacts and the terminals
for the coil are arranged on separate levels, e.g. above for
contacts and below for the coil. Logical isolation is not necessarily
safe isolation (see the technical specifications of the relay types).
Safe isolation: Safe isolation prevents voltage of one circuit
affecting another circuit with sufficient protection (EN 61140).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/93
LV1_03.book Seite 94 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
LZS, LZX Plug-in Relays
Relay couplers
Version
Rated control
Contacts, Width
supply voltage Us number
at AC 50/60 Hz
of CO
contacts
V
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
mm
Individual modules for customer assembly, RT series
Print relays, 8-pole, 5 mm pinning
Print relays
• With hard gold-plating
Version with 1 CO contact
3
24 DC
230 AC
LZX:RT314024
1
12.7
C
C
LZX:RT315024
LZX:RT315730
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.016
0.015
1
12.7
}
C
C
}
LZX:RT314024
LZX:RT314524
LZX:RT314615
LZX:RT314730
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.016
0.007
0.013
0.007
2
12.7
}
}
LZX:RT424012
LZX:RT424024
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.015
0.015
}
}
}
LZX:RT424524
LZX:RT424615
LZX:RT424730
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.014
0.012
0.010
Print relays
Version with 1 CO contact
24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC
Version with 2 CO contacts
12 DC
24 DC
24 AC
115 AC
230 AC
LZS:RT78725
Screw terminals
Standard plug-in bases with screw terminal
For mounting onto standard mounting rail --
15.5
}
LZS:RT78725
1
1 unit
101
0.035
}
LZS:RT78726
1
1 unit
101
0.037
Plug-in bases with logical isolation and screw terminals
For mounting onto standard mounting rail --
15.5
Plug-in bases with logical isolation and push-in terminals
For mounting onto standard mounting rail --
15.5
Push-in terminals
}
LZS:RT7872P
1
1 unit
101
0.035
LED modules
LZS:RT78726
• Red
With freewheel diode 24 DC
Without freewheel
diode
--
15.5
24 AC/DC
-110 ... 230 AC/DC --
}
LZS:PTML0024
1
1 unit
101
0.004
}
}
LZS:PTML0524
LZS:PTML0730
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.004
0.004
• Green
With freewheel diode 24 DC
Without freewheel
diode
--
15.5
24 AC/DC
-110 ... 230 AC/DC --
}
LZS:PTMG0024
1
1 unit
101
0.004
}
}
LZS:PTMG0524
LZS:PTMG0730
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.004
0.004
LZS:RT7872P
LZS:PTML0024
Fixing/ejection brackets
For RT bases
--
--
15.5
}
LZS:RT17016
100 10 units
101
0.300
--
--
15.5
}
LZS:RT17040
100 10 units
101
0.200
24 ... 48 AC
110 ... 230 AC
--
15.5
}
}
LZS:PTMU0524
LZS:PTMU0730
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.004
0.004
15.5
}
LZS:PTMT00A0
1
1 unit
101
0.004
A
3TX7 004-8BA00
1
1 unit
101
0.040
Labels
RC elements
LZS:RT17016
Freewheel diodes with connection to A1
LZS:RT17040
6 ... 230 DC
--
Connecting cables
24-pole,
current carrying capacity 12 A,
with supply, blue
LZS:PTMT0730
3TX7 004-8BA00
Note: For coil voltages which are not listed, see
SITOP power DC Power Supplies, e.g. 6EP1 331-2BA10 and
6EP1 731-2BA00, in "Power Supplies".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/94
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 95 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
LZS, LZX Plug-in Relays
Relay couplers
■ More information
Notes on configuration
RT series
Mounting the LZS:PT17024 fixing/ejection bracket on the
LZS:PT787.0 standard plug-in base with screw terminals:
Mounting the LZS:RT17016 fixing/ejection bracket on the
LZS:RT7872.plug-in base
3
PT series
16%B
16%B
Legend:
Legend:
$ Locking position
% Mounting direction
$ Locking position
% Mounting direction
& Demounting direction
Plug-in relay mounting
Plug-in relay mounting
NSB0_01890
NSB0_01889
Important:
The LZS:PT17021 and LZS:PT17024 ejection brackets of the
plug-in relays are not status displays!
Important:
The LZS:RT17016 ejection brackets of the plug-in relays are not
status displays!
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/95
LV1_03.book Seite 96 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
3TG10 Power Relays/Miniature Contactors
4-pole, 4 kW
■ Overview
■ Application
Version
The 3TG10 power relays/miniature contactors with 4 main contacts
are available with 6.3 mm × 0.8 mm screw terminals or flat connectors.
The versions with screw terminals are climate-proof and finger-safe
according to EN 61140.
Because they are hum-free they are suitable for use in household
appliances and distribution boards in office and residential areas.
They can also be used for applications where there is little space
such as air conditioners, heating systems, pumps, and fans, i.e.
for simple electrical controls.
AC and DC operation
The 3TG10 power relays/miniature contactors are small.
Their width is 36 mm.
EN 60947-4-1
3
Surge suppression
The 3TG10 power relays/miniature contactors have an integrated
protective circuit against opening surges.
Overload and short-circuit protection
The 3UA7 overload relay can be used for overload protection.
This applies to mounting onto contactors and to stand-alone
installation.
Information about short-circuit protection by means of contactors
can be found in the Technical specifications.
■ Selection and ordering data
Rated data
Utilization category
AC-1
AC-2 and AC-3
Switching of resistive
loads at 55 °C
Main
Rated control DT
contacts supply voltage
Us
Order No.
Operational
current
Ie up to
400 V
Power of
threephase
loads at
50 Hz and
400 V
Operational
current Ie
up to
400 V1)
Power of Version
threephase
loads at
50 Hz and
400 V
A
kW
A
kW
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
Screw terminals
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
NO NC V
kg
With screw terminals, 4-pole
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail · Hum-free
AC operation, 45 ... 450 Hz
20
13
8.4
4
4
--
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
}
}
}
3TG10 10-0AC2
3TG10 10-0AG2
3TG10 10-0AL2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
0.157
0.158
0.156
3
1
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
}
}
}
3TG10 01-0AC2
3TG10 01-0AG2
3TG10 01-0AL2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
0.157
0.158
0.157
4
3
-1
24 DC
24 DC
}
}
3TG10 10-0BB4
3TG10 01-0BB4
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
0.157
0.157
DC operation
3TG10 . .-0. . .
20
13
8.4
4
Flat connectors
Order No.
Price
per PU
With 6.3 × 0.8 mm flat connectors, 4-pole
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail · Hum-free
AC operation, 45 ... 450 Hz
16
10
8.4
4
4
--
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
}
D
}
3TG10 10-1AC2
3TG10 10-1AG2
3TG10 10-1AL2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
0.146
0.146
0.145
3
1
24 AC
110 AC
230 AC
D
D
}
3TG10 01-1AC2
3TG10 01-1AG2
3TG10 01-1AL2
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
101
0.147
0.146
0.144
4
3
-1
24 DC
24 DC
}
D
3TG10 10-1BB4
3TG10 01-1BB4
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
101
101
0.146
0.146
DC operation
16
10
3TG10 . .-1. . .
8.4
8.4
4
4
For accessories see page 3/123.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/96
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 97 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks
Size S00
The auxiliary switch blocks and the maximum number of blocks that
can be mounted are described in the sections "Motor Contactors"
and "Contactor relays".
The version for size S00 contactors is fitted onto the front of the
contactor (with the supply voltage switched off) and then slid into
its latched position; at the same time, the timing relay is connected
by means of plug-in contacts to coil terminals A1 and A2 of the
contactor. Any contactor coil terminals which are not required are
sealed off by means of covers on the enclosure of the time-delay
block, to prevent them from being connected inadvertently.
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks
The timer module, which is available in the "ON-DELAY" and
"OFF-DELAY" versions, allows time-delayed functions up to
100 s (3 distinct delay ranges).
It contains a relay with one NO contact and one NC contact;
depending on the version, the relay is switched either after an
ON-delay or after an OFF-delay.
The timer module with "WYE-DELTA FUNCTION" is equipped
with one delayed and one instantaneous NO contact, with a
dead time of 50 ms between the two. The delay time of the
NO contact can be adjusted between 1.5 s and 30 s.
Wye-delta function:
NSB00453a
A1/A2
Y 27/28
37/38
The solid-state, time-delay block cannot be mounted on size S00
coupling relays.
Sizes S0 to S3
The time-delay block for size S0 to S3 contactors is plugged into
coil terminals A1 and A2 on top of each contactor; the timing relay
is connected both electrically and mechanically by means of
pins.
A varistor is integrated in the timer module in order to damp
opening surges in the contactor coil.
Configuring note:
50 ms
a)
b)
L1
Size S00
The solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch block is fitted onto the
front side of the contactor. The timer module is supplied with power
directly by plug-in contacts through the coil terminals of the contactor,
in parallel with A1/A2. The timing function is activated by closing
the contactor on which the auxiliary switch block is mounted.
The OFF-delay variant operates without an auxiliary voltage;
minimum ON period: 200 ms.
A varistor is integrated in the timer module in order to damp
opening surges in the contactor coil.
The solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch block cannot be
mounted on size S00 coupling relays.
Sizes S0 to S12
The solid-state, time-delay auxiliary switch block is fitted onto the
front side of the contactor.
The timer module is supplied with power through two terminals
(A1/A2); the time delay of the auxiliary switch block can be
activated either by a parallel link to any contactor coil or by any
power source.
The OFF-delay variant operates without an auxiliary voltage;
minimum ON period: 200 ms.
A single-pole auxiliary switch block can be snapped onto the
front of the contactor in addition to the timer module.
The timer module has no integrated components for overvoltage
damping.
Solid-state time-delay blocks with semiconductor output
The timer module in the "ON-DELAY" and "OFF-DELAY with auxiliary
voltage" versions allows time-delayed functions up to 100 s
(3 distinct delay ranges). Contactors fitted with a time-delay
block close or open after a delay according to the set time.
The ON-delay variant of the timing relay is connected in series with
the contactor coil; terminal A1 of this coil must not be connected.
With the OFF-delay variant of the timing relay, the contactor coil
is contacted directly through the relay; terminals A1 and A2 of
the contactor coil must not be connected.
The timing relays are suitable for both AC and DC operation.
L1
S1
A1 B1 A2
K3
1
2
N
K3
S1
A1 B1 A2
K3
1
A1
A2
2
A1
A2
N
NSB00455
The contactor on which the solid-state, time-delay auxiliary
switch block is mounted operates without a delay.
NSB00454
t
A varistor is integrated in the timer module in order to damp
opening surges in the contactor coil.
$ Timing relay block
% Contactor
The activation of loads parallel to the start input is not permissible
when using AC control voltage (see (a) in the circuit diagram).
The 3RT19 16-2D. . . / 3RT19 26-2D. . . OFF-delay timing relay blocks
have a zero potential start input B1. This means that if there is a
parallel load on terminal B1, activation can be simulated with
AC voltage. In this case, the additional load (e.g. contactor K3)
must be wired according to (b).
OFF-delay devices for size S00 to S3 contactors
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947, EN 60947.
For screw and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting
rail. The OFF-delay devices have screw terminals.
The OFF-delay device prevents a contactor from dropping out
unintentionally when there is a short-time voltage dip or voltage
failure. It supplies a downstream, DC-operated contactor with
the necessary energy during a voltage dip, ensuring that the
contactor does not trip. The 3RT19 16 OFF-delay devices are
specifically designed for operation with the 3RT contactors and
3RH contactor relays of the SIRIUS series.
The OFF-delay device operates without external voltage on a
capacitive basis, and can be energized with either AC or DC
(24 V version only for DC operation). Voltage matching, which is only
necessary with AC operation, is performed using a rectifier bridge.
A contactor opens after a delay when the capacitors of the magnetic
coil, built into the OFF-delay device, are switched in parallel. In the
event of voltage failures, the capacitors are discharged via the
magnetic coil and thereby delay the opening of the contactor.
If the command devices are upstream of the OFF-delay device in
the circuit, the OFF-delay takes effect with every opening operation.
If the opening operation is downstream of the OFF-delay device, an
OFF-delay only applies in the event of failure of the mains voltage.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/97
3
■ Overview
LV1_03.book Seite 98 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
Operation
4000 V
NSB0_00456c
In the case of the versions for rated control supply voltages of
110 V and 230 V, either AC voltage or DC voltage can be applied
on the line side, whereas the variant for 24 V is designed for
DC operation only.
V
A DC-operated contactor is connected to the output in accordance
with the input voltage that is applied.
All 3RT1 contactors and 3RH1 contactor relays can be retrofitted
with RC elements or varistors for damping opening surges in the
coil. Diodes or diode assemblies (comprising noise suppression
diodes and Zener diodes for rapid switch-off) can be used.
The surge suppressors are plugged onto the front of size S00
contactors. Space is provided for them next to a snap-on
auxiliary switch block.
With all size S0 to S3 contactors, varistors, RC elements and diode
assemblies can be plugged on directly at the coil terminals, either
on the top or underneath.
The plug-in direction of the diodes and diode assemblies is
determined by a coding device.
Coupling relays are supplied either without surge suppression or
with a varistor or diode connected as standard, according to the
version.
Note:
The OFF-delay times of the NO contacts and the ON-delay times
of the NC contacts increase if the contactor coils are damped
against voltage peaks (noise suppression diode 6 to 10 times;
diode assemblies 2 to 6 times, varistor +2 to 5 ms).
Electromagnetic interference suppression modules,
3-phase for size S00 contactors
500 ms
t
Capacitive input to various analog and digital signals makes it
necessary to suppress interference in the load circuit.
Reducing contact arcing
The connection between the main current path and the EMC
interference suppression module enables contact arcing, which
is responsible for contact erosion and the majority of clicking
noises, to be reduced; this in turn is conducive to an electromagnetically compatible design.
Higher operational reliability
Since the EMC interference suppression module achieves a
significant reduction in radio-frequency components and the
voltage level in three phases, the contact endurance is also
improved considerably. This makes an important contribution
towards enhancing the reliability and availability of the system as
a whole.
Dispensing with fine graduations
There is no need for fine graduations within each performance
class, as smaller motors inherently have a higher inductance, so
that one solution for all fixed-speed operating mechanisms up to
5.5 kW is adequate.
Two electrical variants are available:
• The advantages of the RC circuit lie mainly in the reduction in
the rate of rise and in its RF damping ability. The selected values
ensure effective interference suppression over a wide range.
NSB0_00457c
Surge suppressors
• Without LED (also for Cage Clamp terminals)
size S00, S0, S2, S3, S6 to S12
• With LED (also for Cage Clamp terminals)
size S00
400 V
V
930 V
400 V
500 ms
t
• The varistor circuit can absorb a high energy level and can
also be used for frequencies ranging from 10 to 400 Hz
(closed-loop controlled operating mechanisms). There is no
limiting below the knee-point voltage, however.
NSB0_00458c
3
The mean value of the OFF-delay is approximately 1.5 times the
specified minimum time.
V
A so-called counter-e.m.f. (electromotive force) is produced
when motors or various inductive loads are turned off. Voltage
peaks of up to 4000 V may occur as a result, with a frequency
spectrum from 1 kHz to 10 MHz and a rate of voltage variation
from 0.1 to 20 V/ns.
950 V
400 V
500 ms
3/98
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
t
LV1_03.book Seite 99 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
Coupling links for mounting on contactors of sizes S0 to S3
DC operation
IEC 60947 and EN 60947.
The coupling link is suitable for use in any climate. It is finger-safe
according to EN 50274. The terminal designations comply
with EN 50005.
System-compatible operation with 24 DC V, operating range
17 to 30 V.
Low power consumption in conformity with the technical
specifications of the solid-state systems. A LED indicates the
switching state.
Surge suppression
The 3RH19 24-1GP11 coupling link has an integrated surge
suppressor (varistor) for the contactor coil being switched.
Mounting
The 3RH19 24-1GP11 coupling link is mounted directly on the
contactor coil.
Solder pin adapters
The solder pin adapters for the size S00 contactors are available
in two versions:
• Solder pin adapter for contactors with one integrated auxiliary
contact
• Solder pin adapter for contactors with mounted 4-pole auxiliary
switch block
Screw adapters
Plug-on adapters improve the accessibility of the screw mounting
for size S0 contactors. As a result it is possible to position the
screwdriver vertically even when using insulated screwdrivers or
power screwdrivers.
Optionally the adapters can be rotated through 90° before
mounting.
Sealable covers for sizes S00 to S12
When contactors and contactor relays are used in safety-oriented
applications, it must be ensured that it is impossible to operate
the contactors manually.
For SIRIUS contactors there are sealable covers available for
this purpose as accessories; these prevent accidental manual
operation. These are transparent molded-plastic caps with a
bracket that enables the contactor to be sealed.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/99
3
Additional load modules
• Size S00 for plugging onto the front side of the contactors with
and without auxiliary switch block
LV1_03.book Seite 100 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
■ Selection and ordering data
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RH19 11-1HA. .
3RH19 11-1FA. .
For contactors
3RH19 11-2HA. .
3RH19 21-1HA. .
Auxiliary contacts
Ident. No.
Type
3RH19 21-2HA. .
3RH19 21-2FA. .
DT Screw terminals
Version
Order No.
3RH19 11-1AA. .
3RH19 11-1LA. .
Weight DT Cage Clamp terminals
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
NO NC NO NC
Order No.
kg
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front according to EN 50012
Size S00
For assembling contactors with 2, 4 and 5 auxiliary contacts
3RT10 1.-1. . .1,
3RT10 1.-2. . .1
Ident. No. 10 E
11 E
22 E
23 E
32 E
-1
1
2
1
2
3
2
-----
-----
}
}
}
}
3RH19 11-1HA01
3RH19 11-1HA12
3RH19 11-1HA13
3RH19 11-1HA22
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
}
}
}
}
3RH19 11-2HA01
3RH19 11-2HA12
3RH19 11-2HA13
3RH19 11-2HA22
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
3
2
1
2
1
2
3
2
-----
-----
}
}
}
B
3RH19 21-1HA31
3RH19 21-1HA22
3RH19 21-1HA13
3RH19 21-1XA22-0MA0
0.075
0.075
0.075
0.075
}
}
}
D
3RH19 21-2HA31
3RH19 21-2HA22
3RH19 21-2HA13
3RH19 21-2XA22-0MA0
0.075
0.075
0.075
0.075
Sizes S0 ... S12 1)
4-pole
3RT10 2,
3RT1. 3 ... 3RT1. 7
31
22
13
22 2)
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front according to EN 50005
Size S00
2- or 4-pole auxiliary switch blocks for assembling contactors with 3 and 5 auxiliary contacts
3RT1. 1,
3RH11,
3RH14
20
11
02
11 U
2
1
---
-1
2
--
---1
---1
}
}
}
}
3RH19 11-1FA20
3RH19 11-1FA11
3RH19 11-1FA02
3RH19 11-1FB11
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050
}
}
}
A
3RH19 11-2FA20
3RH19 11-2FA11
3RH19 11-2FA02
3RH19 11-2FB11
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050
40
31
22
22 U
11, 11 U
4
3
2
-1
-1
2
-1
---2
1
---2
1
}
}
}
}
}
3RH19 11-1FA40
3RH19 11-1FA31
3RH19 11-1FA22
3RH19 11-1FC22
3RH19 11-1FB22
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
}
}
}
}
B
3RH19 11-2FA40
3RH19 11-2FA31
3RH19 11-2FA22
3RH19 11-2FC22
3RH19 11-2FB22
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
1- and 2-pole auxiliary switch blocks. Cable entry from one side
• Cable entry from above
3RT1. 1,
3RH11,
3RH14
-----
3RT1. 1,
3RH11,
3RH14
-----
1
-1
2
-1
1
--
-----
-----
}
}
}
}
3RH19 11-1AA10
3RH19 11-1AA01
3RH19 11-1LA11
3RH19 11-1LA20
0.015
0.015
0.045
0.045
-----
-----
}
}
}
}
3RH19 11-1BA10
3RH19 11-1BA01
3RH19 11-1MA11
3RH19 11-1MA20
0.015
0.015
0.045
0.045
-----
• Cable entry from below
1
-1
2
-1
1
--
-----
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see Appendix -> Ordering Notes.
1)
Exception: 3RT12, 3RT16.
2)
With identification numbers 5, 6, 7, 8.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/100
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 101 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
2RH19 21-2F. .
Auxiliary contacts
Ident. No.
Type
3RH19 21-1C. .
3RH19 21-2C. .
DT Screw terminals
Version
Order No.
3RH19 21-1LA. .
3RH19 21-1MA. .
Weight DT Cage Clamp terminals
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
NO NC NO NC
Order No.
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
kg
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front according to EN 50005
Sizes S0 to S121)
4-pole auxiliary switch blocks
3RT10 2,
3RT1. 3
...
3RT1. 7
40
31
22
04
22 U
3RT1. 2
...
3RT1. 7
-----
4
3
2
---
-1
2
4
--
----2
----2
}
}
}
}
}
3RH19 21-1FA40
3RH19 21-1FA31
3RH19 21-1FA22
3RH19 21-1FA04
3RH19 21-1FC22
}
}
}
A
A
3RH19 21-2FA40
3RH19 21-2FA31
3RH19 21-2FA22
3RH19 21-2FA04
3RH19 21-2FC22
0.075
0.075
0.075
0.075
0.075
0.020 }
0.020 }
0.020
0.020
3RH19 21-2CA10
3RH19 21-2CA01
---
0.020
0.020
0.075
0.075
0.075
0.075
0.075
1-pole auxiliary switch blocks to EN 50005 and EN 50012
1
----
-1
---
--1
--
---1
}
}
}
}
3RH19 21-1CA10
3RH19 21-1CA01
3RH19 21-1CD10
3RH19 21-1CD01
2-pole auxiliary switch blocks with cable entry from one side
• Cable entry from above
3RT1. 2,
3RT1. 3
...
3RT1. 7
----
3RT1. 2,
3RT1. 3
...
3RT1. 7
----
1
2
--
1
-2
----
----
}
}
}
3RH19 21-1LA11
3RH19 21-1LA20
3RH19 21-1LA02
0.075
0.075
0.075
----
----
}
}
}
3RH19 21-1MA11
3RH19 21-1MA20
3RH19 21-1MA02
0.075
0.075
0.075
----
• Cable entry from below
1)
1
2
--
1
-2
----
Exception: 3RT16.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/101
3
3RH19 21-1F. .
For contactors
LV1_03.book Seite 102 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50011 for assembling contactor relays with 8 contacts.
3RH19 11-1GA. .
For contactor relays
Contacts
DT
Ident. No. Version
NO
3RH19 11-2GA. .
Weight
per PU
approx.
Screw terminals
Order No.
NC
DT
Price
per PU
Cage Clamp terminals
Order No.
kg
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50011
For assembling contactor relays with 8 contacts
3RH11 40,
3RH14 40
(Ident. No. 40E)
80E
71E
62E
53E
44E
4
3
2
1
--
-1
2
3
4
}
}
}
}
}
3RH19 11-1GA40
3RH19 11-1GA31
3RH19 11-1GA22
3RH19 11-1GA13
3RH19 11-1GA04
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
}
}
}
}
}
3RH19 11-2GA40
3RH19 11-2GA31
3RH19 11-2GA22
3RH19 11-2GA13
3RH19 11-2GA04
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
0.060
For multi-unit packing and reusable packaging, see Appendix -> Ordering notes.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/102
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 103 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
3RH19 21-1DA11
3RH19 21-1JA11
3RH19 21-2DA11
3RH19 21-2JA11
For contactors
Auxiliary contacts
DT
Version
Type
NO
3RH19 21-1EA. .
3RH19 21-1KA. .
3RH19 21-2EA. .
3RH19 21-2KA..
Screw terminals
Weight
per PU
approx.
Order No.
NC
DT
Price
per PU
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
Cage Clamp terminals
Order No.
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
kg
Laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50012
Sizes S0 ... S12
First laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks (right or left), 2-pole
3RT1. 2 ... 3RT1. 7
1
1
}
3RH19 21-1DA11
0.050 }
3RH19 21-2DA11
0.050
3RH19 21-2JA11
0.050
3RH19 21-2EA20
-3RH19 21-2EA02
0.050
3RH19 21-2KA20
-3RH19 21-2KA02
0.050
Sizes S3 ... S12
Second laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks (right or left), 2-pole
3RT1. 4 ... 3RT1. 7
1
1
}
3RH19 21-1JA11
0.050 }
Laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks according to EN 50005
Sizes S0 ... S12
First laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks (right or left), 2-pole
3RT1. 2 ... 3RT1. 7
2
1
--
-1
2
}
}
}
3RH19 21-1EA20
3RH19 21-1EA11
3RH19 21-1EA02
0.050 }
0.050
0.050 }
0.050
Sizes S3 ... S12
Second laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks (right or left), 2-pole
3RT1. 4 ... 3RT1. 7
2
1
--
-1
2
}
}
}
3RH19 21-1KA20
3RH19 21-1KA11
3RH19 21-1KA02
0.050 D
0.050
0.050 D
0.050
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/103
LV1_03.book Seite 104 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RH19 11-1NF. .
For
contactors
3RH19 11-2NF. .
Version
3RH19 21-1FE22
Contacts
DT Screw terminals
Version
Order No.
NO NO1) NC1) NC
Type
3RH19 21-2JE22
3RH19 21-2DE11
3RH19 21-2JE11
Weight DT Cage Clamp terminals
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
Order No.
kg
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front, according to EN 50005
Size S00
3RT1. 1,
3RH11,
3RH14
For operation in dusty atmosphere 1
and solid-state circuits with
2
rated operational currents
-Ie/AC-14 and DC-13 from 1 mA
to 300 mA at 3 V to 60 V.
Hard gold-plated contacts.
No mirror contacts.
----
----
1
-2
}
}
A
3RH19 11-1NF11
3RH19 11-1NF20
3RH19 11-1NF02
0.045 A
0.045 A
0.045 A
3RH19 11-2NF11
3RH19 11-2NF20
3RH19 11-2NF02
0.045
0.045
0.045
1
1
1
}
3RH19 21-1FE22
0.070 B
3RH19 21-2FE22
0.070
}
3RH19 21-2DE11
0.050
}
3RH19 21-2JE11
0.050
Sizes S0 ... S12
3RT1. 2
...
3RT1. 7
For operation in dusty atmosphere 1
and solid-state circuits with
rated operational currents
Ie/AC-14 and DC-13 from 1 mA
to 300 mA at 3 V to 60 V.
Hard gold-plated contacts.
Mirror contacts according
to EN 60947-4-1, Appendix F
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks, laterally mountable, according to EN 50012
Sizes S0 ... S12
First laterally mountable auxiliary switch block (right or left), 2-pole
3RT1. 2
...
3RT1. 7
1 NO + 1 NC solid-state time-delay 1
auxiliary switches
For operation in dusty atmosphere
and solid-state circuits with
rated operational currents
Ie/AC-14 and DC-13 from 1 mA
to 300 mA at 3 V to 60 V.
Hard gold-plated contacts.
Mirror contacts according
to EN 60947-4-1, Appendix F
--
--
1
--
Sizes S3 ... S12
Second laterally mountable auxiliary switch block (right or left), 2-pole
3RT1. 4
...
3RT1. 7
1)
1 NO + 1 NC solid-state time-delay 1
auxiliary switches
For operation in dusty atmosphere
and solid-state circuits with
rated operational currents
Ie/AC-14 and DC-13 from 1 mA
to 300 mA at 3 V to 60 V.
Hard gold-plated contacts.
Mirror contacts according
to EN 60947-4-1, Appendix F
--
--
1
--
1 NO + 1 NC standard auxiliary switches:
see Technical Information LV 1 T –> "Technical specifications".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/104
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 105 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
For
Auxiliary
contactors contacts
Rated control
supply voltage Us1)
Time setting DT
range t
Type
V
s
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front,
terminal designations according to DIN 46199-5
Size S00
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
}
}
B
3RT19 16-2EJ11
3RT19 16-2EJ21
3RT19 16-2EJ31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.090
0.090
0.090
100 ... 127 AC3)
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
C
}
}
3RT19 16-2EC11
3RT19 16-2EC21
3RT19 16-2EC31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.090
0.090
0.090
200 ... 240 AC3)
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
D
}
}
3RT19 16-2ED11
3RT19 16-2ED21
3RT19 16-2ED31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.090
0.090
0.090
OFF-delay without auxiliary voltage (varistor integrated)4)
3RT19 16-2. . . .
3RT1. 1, 1 NO + 1 NC 24 AC/DC3)
3RH112)
3RH14
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
}
}
}
3RT19 16-2FJ11
3RT19 16-2FJ21
3RT19 16-2FJ31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.090
0.090
0.090
100 ... 127 AC/DC3) 0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
C
}
B
3RT19 16-2FK11
3RT19 16-2FK21
3RT19 16-2FK31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.090
0.090
0.090
200 ... 240 AC/DC3) 0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
D
}
}
3RT19 16-2FL11
3RT19 16-2FL21
3RT19 16-2FL31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.090
0.090
0.090
B
B
C
3RT19 16-2LJ21
3RT19 16-2LC21
3RT19 16-2LD21
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.090
0.090
0.090
1.5 ... 30
1.5 ... 30
1.5 ... 30
}
D
}
3RT19 16-2GJ51
3RT19 16-2GC51
3RT19 16-2GD51
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.090
0.090
0.090
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
D
}
A
3RT19 26-2EJ11
3RT19 26-2EJ21
3RT19 26-2EJ31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.090
0.090
0.090
100 ... 127 AC5)
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
C
}
D
3RT19 26-2EC11
3RT19 26-2EC21
3RT19 26-2EC31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.090
0.090
0.090
200 ... 240 AC5)
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
D
}
B
3RT19 26-2ED11
3RT19 26-2ED21
3RT19 26-2ED31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.090
0.090
0.090
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
}
}
}
3RT19 26-2FJ11
3RT19 26-2FJ21
3RT19 26-2FJ31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.090
0.090
0.090
100 ... 127 AC/DC5) 0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
D
}
C
3RT19 26-2FK11
3RT19 26-2FK21
3RT19 26-2FK31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.090
0.090
0.090
200 ... 240 AC/DC5) 0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
D
A
A
3RT19 26-2FL11
3RT19 26-2FL21
3RT19 26-2FL31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.090
0.090
0.090
1.5 ... 30
}
3RT19 26-2GJ51
1
1 unit
101
0.090
1.5 ... 30
}
3RT19 26-2GC51
1
1 unit
101
0.090
1.5 ... 30
}
3RT19 26-2GD51
1
1 unit
101
0.090
OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage
3RT10 1
3RH11
1 CO
24 AC/DC
100 ... 127 AC
200 ... 240 AC
0.5 ... 10
0.5 ... 10
0.5 ... 10
Wye-delta function (varistor integrated)
3RT10 12) 1 NO,
24 AC/DC3)
delayed +
100 ... 127 AC3)
1 NO, instan- 200 ... 240 AC3)
taneous,
dead time
50 ms
Sizes S0 ... S12
ON-delay
3RT10,
3RT13,
3RT14,
3RT15
1 NO + 1 NC 24 AC/DC5)
3RT19 26-2. . . .
OFF-delay without auxiliary voltage 4)
3RT10,
3RT13,
3RT14,
3RT15
1 NO + 1 NC 24 AC/DC5)
Wye-delta function
3RT10,
3RT13,
3RT14,
3RT15
1 NO,
24 AC/DC5)
delayed +
100 ... 127 AC5)
1 NO, instan200 ... 240 AC5)
taneous,
dead time
50 ms
1)
The AC voltages are valid for 50 Hz and 60 Hz.
2)
Cannot be fitted onto coupling relays.
3)
The terminals for the control supply voltage are connected to the contactor
by the integrated spring contacts of the solid-state time-delay auxiliary
switch above it when this switch is mounted
4)
Setting of output contacts in as-supplied state not defined (bistable relay).
Application of the control supply voltage once results in contact
changeover to the correct setting.
5)
Terminals A1 and A2 for the control supply voltage of the solid-state time-delay
auxiliary switch must be connected to the associated contactor by means
of connecting cables.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/105
3
ON-delay (varistor integrated)
3RT1. 1, 1 NO + 1 NC 24 AC/DC3)
3RH112)
3RH14
LV1_03.book Seite 106 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
For contactors
Rated control
supply voltage Us
Time setting
range t
Type
V
s
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Solid-state time-delay blocks with semiconductor output
Size S00
For mounting onto the front side of contactors
• ON-delay (varistor integrated)
3
3RT1. 1,
3RH111)
3RH14
3RT19 16-2C. . .
24 ... 66 AC/DC
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
B
}
B
3RT19 16-2CG11
3RT19 16-2CG21
3RT19 16-2CG31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.050
0.050
0.050
90 ... 240 AC/DC
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
D
}
}
3RT19 16-2CH11
3RT19 16-2CH21
3RT19 16-2CH31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.050
0.050
0.050
• OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage (varistor integrated)
3RT1. 1,
3RH111)
3RH14
3RT19 16-2D. . .
24 ... 66 AC/DC
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
C
B
B
3RT19 16-2DG11
3RT19 16-2DG21
3RT19 16-2DG31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.060
0.060
0.060
90 ... 240 AC/DC
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
D
}
B
3RT19 16-2DH11
3RT19 16-2DH21
3RT19 16-2DH31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.060
0.060
0.060
Sizes S0 ... S3
For mounting onto coil terminals on top of the contactors
• ON-delay (varistor integrated)
3RT10 2,
3RT10 3,
3RT10 4,
3RT132)
3RT15
24 ... 66 AC/DC
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
D
B
D
3RT19 26-2CG11
3RT19 26-2CG21
3RT19 26-2CG31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.050
0.050
0.050
90 ... 240 AC/DC
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
}
}
}
3RT19 26-2CH11
3RT19 26-2CH21
3RT19 26-2CH31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.050
0.050
0.050
3RT19 26-2C. . .
• OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage (varistor integrated)
3RT10 2,
3RT10 3,
3RT10 4,
3RT132)
3RT15
24 ... 66 AC/DC
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
D
D
D
3RT19 26-2DG11
3RT19 26-2DG21
3RT19 26-2DG31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.050
0.050
0.050
90 ... 240 AC/DC
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
C
D
C
3RT19 26-2DH11
3RT19 26-2DH21
3RT19 26-2DH31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.050
0.050
0.050
3RT19 26-2D. . .
OFF-delay devices
3RT1. 1,
3RT1. 2,
3RH1. . .-1BF40
110 AC/DC
D
3RT19 16-2BK01
1
1 unit
101
0.150
3RT1. 1,
3RT1. 2,
3RH1. . .-1BM40
220/230 AC/DC
D
3RT19 16-2BL01
1
1 unit
101
0.150
}
3RT19 16-2BE01
1
1 unit
101
0.150
3RT1. 1 ... 3RT1. 4, 24 DC
3RH1. . .-1BB40
3RT19 16-2B.01
Pneumatic delay blocks,
terminal designation according to EN 50005
3RT1. 2
For mounting onto the front side of size S0 contactors3)4)
Auxiliary contacts 1 NO and 1 NC
• ON-delay
0.1 ... 30
1 ... 60
C
C
3RT19 26-2PA01
3RT19 26-2PA11
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.080
0.080
0.1 ... 30
1 ... 60
C
C
3RT19 26-2PR01
3RT19 26-2PR11
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.080
0.080
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.130
0.130
0.130
• OFF-delay
3RT19 26-2P. . .
Mechanical latching blocks
Sizes S0 and S2
For mounting on 1 contactor,
contactor remains in the energized state even after a voltage failure
3RT1. 2,
3RT1. 3
24 AC/DC
110 AC/DC
230 AC/DC
A
B
B
3RT19 26-3AB31
3RT19 26-3AF31
3RT19 26-3AP31
3RT19 26-3A.31
1)
Cannot be fitted onto coupling relays.
2)
Not to be used for 3RT10 4. and 3RT13 4. contactors with Us ≤ 42 V.
3)
In addition to these, no other auxiliary contacts are permitted.
4)
Versions according to DIN VDE 0116 on request.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/106
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 107 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
For con- Version
tactors
Type
Rated control
supply voltage Us1)
AC
operation
DC
operation
V AC
V DC
DT
Order No.2)
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Surge suppressors without LED
(also for Cage Clamp terminals)
Size S00
Varistors
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
---
}
}
A
}
A
3RT19 16-1BB00
3RT19 16-1BC00
3RT19 16-1BD00
3RT19 16-1BE00
3RT19 16-1BF00
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
3RT1.,
3RH1
RC elements
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
---
}
}
}
}
}
3RT19 16-1CB00
3RT19 16-1CC00
3RT19 16-1CD00
3RT19 16-1CE00
3RT19 16-1CF00
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
3RT1.,
3RH1
Noise suppression
diodes
--
12 ... 250
}
3RT19 16-1DG00
1
1 unit
101
0.010
3RT1.,
3RH1
Diode assemblies
-(diode and Zener diode)
for DC operation
12 ... 250
}
3RT19 16-1EH00
1
1 unit
101
0.010
3RT19 16-1DG00
Size S0
For fitting onto the coil terminals at top or bottom
3RT1. 2 Varistors
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
---
}
}
}
}
B
3RT19 26-1BB00
3RT19 26-1BC00
3RT19 26-1BD00
3RT19 26-1BE00
3RT19 26-1BF00
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
3RT1. 2 RC elements
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
---
}
}
}
}
B
3RT19 26-1CB00
3RT19 26-1CC00
3RT19 26-1CD00
3RT19 26-1CE00
3RT19 26-1CF00
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
---
24
30 ... 250
}
}
3RT19 26-1ER00
3RT19 26-1ES00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.025
0.025
• Connectable at the -bottom
-(e.g. for fuseless load
feeders)
24
30 ... 250
}
A
3RT19 26-1TR00
3RT19 26-1TS00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.025
0.025
3RT19 26-1B.00
3RT1. 2 Diode assemblies
For DC operation
• Connectable at the
top
(e.g. for contactor
with overload relay)
1)
Can be used for AC operation for 50/60 Hz. Please inquire about further
voltages.
2)
For packs of 10 units, the Order No. must be supplemented with "-Z" and
the order code "X90".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/107
3
For plugging onto the front side of the contactors with and without auxiliary switch blocks
3RT1.,
3RH1
LV1_03.book Seite 108 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
For
Version
contactors
Rated control
supply voltage Us1)
Type
AC
operation
DC
operation
V AC
V DC
DT
Order No.2)
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Surge suppressors without LED
(also for Cage Clamp terminals)
Sizes S2 and S3
For fitting onto the coil terminals at top or bottom
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
--
}
}
}
}
B
3RT19 26-1BB00
3RT19 26-1BC00
3RT19 26-1BD00
3RT19 26-1BE00
3RT19 26-1BF00
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
3RT1. 33) RC elements
,
3RT1. 4
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
---
}
}
}
}
B
3RT19 36-1CB00
3RT19 36-1CC00
3RT19 36-1CD00
3RT19 36-1CE00
3RT19 36-1CF00
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
0.040
24
30 ... 250
}
}
3RT19 36-1ER00
3RT19 36-1ES00
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.025
0.025
24
}
3RT19 36-1TR00
1
1 unit
101
0.025
30 ... 250
B
3RT19 36-1TS00
1
1 unit
101
0.025
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
0.035
0.035
0.035
0.035
0.035
3
3RT1. 3, Varistors
3RT1. 4
3RT19 26-1B.00
3RT19 36-1C.00
3RT1. 3, Diode assemblies
3RT1. 4 For DC operation
• Connectable at the top
(e.g. for contactor with
overload relay)
• Connectable at the bottom
(e.g. for fuseless load
feeders)
Sizes S6 ... S12
For connecting to withdrawable coil with screw terminals with contactors with
• 3RT1 ..-.A... conventional operating mechanism
• 3RT1 ..-.N... solid-state operating mechanism
3RT1. 5, RC elements
3RT1. 6,
3RT19 56-1C.00 3RT1. 7
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
--
1)
Can be used for AC operation for 50/60 Hz. Please inquire about further
voltages.
2)
For packs of 10 or 5 units "-Z" and order code "X90" must be added to the
Order No.
For
Version
contactors
Type
Rated control
supply voltage Us1)
AC
operation
DC
operation
V AC
V DC
}
}
}
}
C
3)
Power
DT
consumption
of LED
at Us
3RT19 56-1CB00
3RT19 56-1CC00
3RT19 56-1CD00
3RT19 56-1CE00
3RT19 56-1CF00
Mountable only at the top for 3RT1. 3/AC operating mechanism.
Order No.2)
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Surge suppressors with LED
(also for Cage Clamp terminals)
Size S00
For plugging onto the front side of the contactors with and without auxiliary switch blocks
3RT1,
3RH1.
Varistors
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
--
3RT1,
3RH1.
Noise sup- -pression
-diodes
--
12 ... 24
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
10 ... 120
20 ... 470
50 ... 700
160 ... 950
}
}
}
A
3RT19 16-1JJ00
3RT19 16-1JK00
3RT19 16-1JL00
3RT19 16-1JP00
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
24 ... 70
50 ... 150
150 ... 250
20 ... 470
50 ... 700
160 ... 950
}
}
}
3RT19 16-1LM00
3RT19 16-1LN00
3RT19 16-1LP00
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.010
0.010
0.010
3RT19 16-1L.00
1)
Can be used for AC operation for 50/60 Hz. Please inquire about further
voltages.
2)
For packs of 10 or 5 units "-Z" and order code "X90" must be added to the
Order No.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/108
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 109 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
For contactors Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Type
EMC suppression modules; 3-phase ≤ 5.5 kW
Size S00 (for contactors with AC or DC operation)1)
RC elements (3 x 220 Ω/0.22 µF)
}
A
C
3RT19 16-1PA1
3RT19 16-1PA2
3RT19 16-1PA3
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.080
0.080
0.080
A
B
D
3RT19 16-1PB1
3RT19 16-1PB2
3RT19 16-1PB3
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.090
0.090
0.090
C
3RT19 66-1PV3
1
1 unit
101
0.400
Rated operational voltage
C
Ue = 1000 V AC
For damping overvoltages and protecting
motor windings against multiple re-ignition
when switching off induction motors.
For connection on the contactor feeder
side (2-T1/4-T2/6-T3). For separate
installation.
3RT19 66-1PV4
1
1 unit
101
0.780
For increasing the permissible residual }
current and for limiting the residual voltage.
Ensures safe opening of contactors with
direct control via 230 V AC semiconductor
outputs of SIMATIC controllers.
Also performs the function of an overvoltage
damping circuit.
Rated voltage: AC 50/60 Hz, 180 V to 255 V.
Operating range: 0.8 to 1.1 x Us
3RT19 16-1GA00
1
1 unit
101
0.010
For manual operation of the contactor
contacts for start-up and service3)
3RK1 903-0CA00
1
1 unit
121
0.015
Up to 400 V
Up to 575 V
Up to 690 V
3RT10 1
Varistors
Up to 400 V
Up to 575 V
Up to 690 V
3RT19 16-1PA.
Main current path surge suppression modules for
3RT12 vacuum contactors
Size S10 and S12
3RT12
Rated operational voltage
Ue = 690 V AC
Additional load modules
Size S00 (also for Cage Clamp terminals)
For plugging onto the front side of the
contactors with and without auxiliary
switch blocks2)
3RT1. 1,
3RH1.
3RT19 16-1GA00
Control kits
Size S00
3RT1. 1,
3RH1.
A
3RK1 903-0CA00
1)
See also description on page 3/98.
2)
For packs of 10 units, the Order No. must be supplemented with "-Z" and
the order code "X90".
3)
See "Load Feeders", Motor Starters and Soft Starters -> ET 200S Motor
Starters, 3RK1 903-0CA00
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/109
3
3RT10 1
LV1_03.book Seite 110 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
For
Version
contactors
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Type
Coupling links for control by PLC
Sizes S0 ... S3
For mounting onto the coil terminals of the contactors
3
3RT1. 2,
3RT1. 3,
3RT1. 4
3RH19 24-1GP11
Operating range 17 to 30 V DC
}
Power consumption: 0.5 W at 24 V DC
Permissible residual current of the electronics
(for 0 signal): 2.5 mA
Rated operational current Ie:
AC-15/AC-14 at 230 V: 3 A,
DC-13 at 230 V: 0.1 A
With LED for indicating switching state.
With integrated varistor for damping
opening surges.
3RH19 24-1GP11
1
1 unit
101
0.060
LED modules for indicating the contactor function
(also for Cage Clamp terminals)
Sizes S0 ... S121)
3RT1. 2,
3RT1. 3,
3RT1. 4
For snapping into the location hole of an
inscription label on the front of a contactor
either directly on the contactor or on the
front auxiliary switch.
The LED module is connected to coil
terminals A1 and A2 of the contactor and
indicates its energized state. Yellow LED.
Rated voltage: 24 to 240 V AC/DC,
polarized.
(1 pack = 5 units)
B
3RT19 26-1QT00
1
5 units
101
0.010
For connection of auxiliary and control
cables (0.5 to 2.5 mm2) to the main
conductor connections (for one side)
B
3RT19 46-4F
1
1 unit
101
0.035
A
3RT19 16-4KA1
1
4 units
101
0.030
3RT19 26-1QT00
mounted to contactor
Auxiliary terminals, 3-pole
Size S3
3RT10 4.
3RT19 46-4F
Solder pin adapters for contactors
Size S00
3RT1. 1,
3RH11
Installation kit for soldering contactors
onto a printed circuit board.
For 1 contactor, 1 set is required.
3RT19 16-4KA1
Connection modules for contactors with screw terminals
Size S00, S0
3RT1 . 1,
3RT1. 2,
3RH1.
3RT19 26-4RD01
Screw terminals
Adapters for contactors
Ambient temperature Tu max. = 60 °C
Size S00,
rated operational current Ie at
AC-3/400 V: 20 A
B
3RT19 16-4RD01
1
1 unit
101
0.020
Size S0,
rated operational current Ie at
AC-3/400 V: 25 A
B
3RT19 26-4RD01
1
1 unit
101
0.200
Plugs for contactors
Size S00, S0
B
3RT19 00-4RE01
1
1 unit
101
0.025
3RT19 00-4RE01
1)
For sizes S6 ... S12 the connecting leads have to be extended.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/110
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 111 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
For contactors Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Type
Solder pin adapters for contactors with mounted
4-pole auxiliary switch block
Size S00
Installation kit for soldering contactors B
with an auxiliary switch block onto a
printed circuit board.
For 1 contactor, 1 set is required.
3RT19 16-4KA2
1
4 units
101
0.070
3RT19 26-4P
1
10 units
101
0.010
3
3RT1. 1,
3RH11
3RT19 16-4KA2
Screw adapters with screw or Cage Clamp terminals
Size S0
3RT1. 2
NSB0_01470
3RT19 26-4P
Screw adapters for easy screw
mounting
2 units required per contactor
(1 pack contains 10 sets for
10 contactors)
3RT19 16-4BB31
3RT19 16-4BB41
3RT19 36-4BB31
Size
For contactors
Max. conductor
cross-sections
Type
mm2
C
3RT19 56-4BA31
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Links for paralleling
3-pole, with connection terminal1)2)
S00
3RT10 1
25
}
3RT19 16-4BB31
1
1 unit
101
0.015
S0
3RT10 2
35, stranded
}
3RT19 26-4BB31
1
1 unit
101
0.020
S2
3RT10 3
95
}
3RT19 36-4BB31
1
1 unit
101
0.100
}
3RT19 46-4BB31
1
1 unit
101
0.200
3-pole, with through hole (star jumpers)1)2)
3RT10 4
3RT14 4
185
S6
3RT1. 5
--
}
3RT19 56-4BA31
1
1 unit
101
0.160
S10/S12
3RT1. 6,
3RT1. 7
--
}
3RT19 66-4BA31
1
1 unit
101
0.500
C
3RT19 16-4BB41
1
1 unit
101
0.015
S3
4-pole, with connection terminal1)2)
S00
3RT1. 1
25
1)
The links for paralleling can be reduced by one pole.
2)
Sizes S00 to S2: The links for paralleling are insulated.
Size S3: A cover plate is included for touch protection.
(Can only be used when the box terminal is removed.)
Sizes S6 to S12: The 3RT19 56-4EA1 (for S6) or 3RT19 66-4EA1
(for S10 and S12) cover can be used for touch protection.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/111
LV1_03.book Seite 112 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
For contactors
Version
Size
Type
S6
3RT1. 5
Up to 70 mm² 2)
(3RB20 5) Up to 120 mm²
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Box terminal blocks
3
For round and ribbon cables1)
}
3RT19 55-4G
1
1 unit
101
0.230
}
3RT19 56-4G
1
1 unit
101
0.260
Auxiliary conductor
B
connection for box terminals
3TX7 500-0A
1
1 unit
101
0.010
}
3RT19 66-4G
1
1 unit
101
0.676
Additional touch protection to }
be fitted at the box terminals B
(2 units required per contactor)
3RT19 36-4EA2
1
1 unit
101
0.020
3RT19 36-4EA4
1
1 unit
101
0.020
}
3RT19 46-4EA2
1
1 unit
101
0.025
S10/S12
3RT1. 6, Up to 240 mm²
3RT1. 7
With auxiliary conductor
(3RB20 6, connection
3RB21 6)
S2
3RT10 3
3RT19 5.-4G
Covers
Terminal covers for box terminals
3RT13 3,
3RT15 3
S3
3RT10 4,
3RT14 4
B
3RT19 46-4EA4
1
1 unit
101
0.025
S6
3RT13 3
3RT1. 5
Length: 25 mm
}
3RT19 56-4EA2
1
1 unit
101
0.030
S10/S12
3RT1. 6,
3RT1. 7
Length: 30 mm
}
3RT19 66-4EA2
1
1 unit
101
0.040
S3
3RT10 4,
3RT14 4
For complying with the voltage }
clearances and as touch
protection if box terminal is
removed4)
(2 units required per contactor)
3RT19 46-4EA1
1
1 unit
101
0.040
S6
3RT1. 5
Length: 100 mm
}
3RT19 56-4EA1
1
1 unit
101
0.070
S10/S12
3RT1. 6,
3RT1. 7
Length: 120 mm
}
3RT19 66-4EA1
1
1 unit
101
0.130
3RT19 36-4EA2
Terminal covers for cable lugs and busbar connection3)
3RT19 46-4EA1
For busbar cover between
contactor and 3RB2. overload
relay or wiring module for
contactor assemblies
3RT1. 5
Length: 27 mm
}
3RT19 56-4EA3
1
1 unit
101
0.020
S10/S12 5) 3RT1. 6,
3RT1. 7
Length: 42 mm
}
3RT19 66-4EA3
1
1 unit
101
0.060
S6
For busbar cover of the flat line
connectors for reversing and
wye-delta assemblies
S6
3RT1. 5
Length: 38 mm
}
3RT19 56-4EA4
1
1 unit
101
0.030
S00
3RT1. 1,
3RH1.6)
Sealable cover for preventing
manual operation
A
3RT19 16-4MA10
1
5 units
101
0.010
B
3RT19 26-4MA10
1
5 units
101
0.010
Sealable covers
S0 ... S12 3RT1. 2 ... 1 unit required per contactor
3RT1. 76)
NSB0_01471
3RT19 .6-4MA10
1)
For connectable cross-sections of the contactors see
Technical Information LV 1 T –> "Technical specifications".
4)
Observe the note in Technical Information LV 1 T, "Technical specifications",
"Conductor Cross-Sections".
2)
As standard for 3RT10 54-1 contactor (55 kW).
5)
3)
Also fits on contactors S6 ... S12 with box terminals.
The 3RT19 66-4EA3 cover is required in addition for use in contactor
assemblies (reversing/wye-delta).
6)
Exception: contactors and contactor relays auxiliary switch block mounted
onto the front.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/112
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 113 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Insulation stop for securely holding back the conductor insulation on
conductors up to 1 mm2 for contactors with Cage Clamp terminals
3RT19 16-4JA02
Insulation stop strip can be inserted in cable entry of B
Cage Clamp (2 strips per contactor required, can be
removed in pairs) Fits into cable entries of all SIRIUS
devices with Cage Clamp terminals of conductor
cross-section up to 2.5 mm2.
3RT19 16-4JA02
100
20 units
101 1000.000
3
Tools for opening Cage Clamp terminals
For all SIRIUS devices with Cage Clamp terminals,
up to max. 2.5 mm² conductor cross-section
(not suitable for devices with removable terminal)
8WA2 880
Length: approx. 175 mm; 3.5 x 0.5, green; partially
insulated
A
8WA2 880
1
1 unit
041
0.034
Length: approx. 175 mm; 3.5 x 0.5; green
A
8WA2 803
1
1 unit
041
0.024
• 10 mm × 7 mm, pastel turquoise
D
3RT19 00-1SB10
100 816 units
101
24.000
• 20 mm × 7 mm, pastel turquoise
C
3RT19 00-1SB20
100 340 units
101
22.000
• 19 mm × 6 mm, pastel turquoise
D
3RT19 00-1SB60
100 3060 units
101
15.000
• 19 mm × 6 mm, zinc/yellow
C
3RT19 00-1SD60
100 3060 units
101
12.000
Blank labels
Unit labeling plates for "SIRIUS"
NSK-7237
Labels for sticking for "SIRIUS"
3RT19 00-1SB10
Computer labeling system
Obtainable from:
For individual inscription of
unit labeling plates
murrplastik
Systemtechnik GmbH
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/113
LV1_03.book Seite 114 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
■ Selection and ordering data
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RT19 24-5A.01
For contactor
3RT19 34-5A.01
Rated control
supply voltage Us
DT
Order No.
Size
Type
3RT19 24-5A.02
Weight
per PU
approx.
Screw terminals
DT
Price
per PU
Cage Clamp terminals
Order No.
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
50 Hz
50/60 Hz 60 Hz
V
V
V
24
42
48
110
-----
-----
}
B
A
}
3RT19 24-5AB01
3RT19 24-5AD01
3RT19 24-5AH01
3RT19 24-5AF01
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
B
C
B
B
3RT19 24-5AB02
3RT19 24-5AD02
3RT19 24-5AH02
3RT19 24-5AF02
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
230
400
---
---
}
}
3RT19 24-5AP01
3RT19 24-5AV01
0.100 B
0.100 C
3RT19 24-5AP02
3RT19 24-5AV02
0.100
0.100
-----
24
42
48
110
-----
}
B
B
}
3RT19 24-5AC21
3RT19 24-5AD21
3RT19 24-5AH21
3RT19 24-5AG21
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
B
C
C
B
3RT19 24-5AC22
3RT19 24-5AD22
3RT19 24-5AH22
3RT19 24-5AG22
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
---
220
230
---
B
B
3RT19 24-5AN21
3RT19 24-5AL21
0.100 B
0.100 B
3RT19 24-5AN22
3RT19 24-5AL22
0.100
0.100
110
220
---
--100
200
120
240
110
220
B
B
B
B
3RT19 24-5AK61
3RT19 24-5AP61
3RT19 24-5AG61
3RT19 24-5AN61
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
B
C
C
C
3RT19 24-5AK62
3RT19 24-5AP62
3RT19 24-5AG62
3RT19 24-5AN62
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
kg
kg
Magnetic coils · AC operation
S0
S2
3RT10 2.,
3RT13 2.,
3RT15 2.
3RT10 34
3RT10 35,
3RT10 36,
3RT13 3.,
3RT15 3.
--
400
440
B
3RT19 24-5AR61
0.100 C
3RT19 24-5AR62
0.100
24
42
48
110
-----
-----
B
B
B
B
3RT19 34-5AB01
3RT19 34-5AD01
3RT19 34-5AH01
3RT19 34-5AF01
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
B
B
B
B
3RT19 34-5AB02
3RT19 34-5AD02
3RT19 34-5AH02
3RT19 34-5AF02
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
230
400
---
---
A
C
3RT19 34-5AP01
3RT19 34-5AV01
0.120 B
0.120 B
3RT19 34-5AP02
3RT19 34-5AV02
0.120
0.120
-----
24
42
48
110
-----
B
B
B
C
3RT19 34-5AC21
3RT19 34-5AD21
3RT19 34-5AH21
3RT19 34-5AG21
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
B
B
B
B
3RT19 34-5AC22
3RT19 34-5AD22
3RT19 34-5AH22
3RT19 34-5AG22
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
---
220
230
---
C
C
3RT19 34-5AN21
3RT19 34-5AL21
0.120 B
0.120 B
3RT19 34-5AN22
3RT19 34-5AL22
0.120
0.120
110
220
---
--100
200
120
240
110
220
B
B
B
B
3RT19 34-5AK61
3RT19 34-5AP61
3RT19 34-5AG61
3RT19 34-5AN61
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
B
B
B
B
3RT19 34-5AK62
3RT19 34-5AP62
3RT19 34-5AG62
3RT19 34-5AN62
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
--
400
440
B
3RT19 34-5AR61
0.120 B
3RT19 34-5AR62
0.120
24
42
48
110
-----
-----
B
B
B
}
3RT19 35-5AB01
3RT19 35-5AD01
3RT19 35-5AH01
3RT19 35-5AF01
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
B
B
B
B
3RT19 35-5AB02
3RT19 35-5AD02
3RT19 35-5AH02
3RT19 35-5AF02
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
230
400
---
---
}
C
3RT19 35-5AP01
3RT19 35-5AV01
0.120 B
0.120 B
3RT19 35-5AP02
3RT19 35-5AV02
0.120
0.120
-----
24
42
48
110
-----
B
B
B
B
3RT19 35-5AC21
3RT19 35-5AD21
3RT19 35-5AH21
3RT19 35-5AG21
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
B
B
B
B
3RT19 35-5AC22
3RT19 35-5AD22
3RT19 35-5AH22
3RT19 35-5AG22
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
---
220
230
---
B
B
3RT19 35-5AN21
3RT19 35-5AL21
0.120 B
0.120 B
3RT19 35-5AN22
3RT19 35-5AL22
0.120
0.120
110
220
---
--100
200
120
240
110
220
B
B
B
B
3RT19 35-5AK61
3RT19 35-5AP61
3RT19 35-5AG61
3RT19 35-5AN61
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
B
B
B
B
3RT19 35-5AK62
3RT19 35-5AP62
3RT19 35-5AG62
3RT19 35-5AN62
0.120
0.120
0.120
0.120
--
400
440
C
3RT19 35-5AR61
0.120 B
3RT19 35-5AR62
0.120
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/114
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 115 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RT19 44-5A.01
For contactor
3RT19 45-5A.01
3RT19 45-5A.02
Rated control
supply voltage Us
DT
AC
DC
Order No.
50 Hz 50/60 Hz 60 Hz
Size
Type
V
V
V
V
3RT19 44-5B.42
Weight
per PU
approx.
Screw terminals
DT
Price
per PU
Cage Clamp terminals
Order No.
Weight
per PU
approx.
Price
per PU
kg
kg
Magnetic coils · AC operation
S3
3RT10 44
3RT10 45,
3RT10 46,
3RT13 4.,
3RT14 46,
3RT15 4.
24
42
48
110
-----
-----
-----
B
B
B
B
3RT19 44-5AB01
3RT19 44-5AD01
3RT19 44-5AH01
3RT19 44-5AF01
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
B
B
B
B
3RT19 44-5AB02
3RT19 44-5AD02
3RT19 44-5AH02
3RT19 44-5AF02
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
230
400
---
---
---
B
B
3RT19 44-5AP01
3RT19 44-5AV01
0.190 B
0.190 B
3RT19 44-5AP02
3RT19 44-5AV02
0.190
0.190
-----
24
42
48
110
-----
-----
B
B
B
B
3RT19 44-5AC21
3RT19 44-5AD21
3RT19 44-5AH21
3RT19 44-5AG21
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
B
B
B
B
3RT19 44-5AC22
3RT19 44-5AD22
3RT19 44-5AH22
3RT19 44-5AG22
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
---
220
230
---
---
B
B
3RT19 44-5AN21
3RT19 44-5AL21
0.190 B
0.190 B
3RT19 44-5AN22
3RT19 44-5AL22
0.190
0.190
110
220
---
--100
200
120
240
110
220
-----
C
B
B
B
3RT19 44-5AK61
3RT19 44-5AP61
3RT19 44-5AG61
3RT19 44-5AN61
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
B
B
B
B
3RT19 44-5AK62
3RT19 44-5AP62
3RT19 44-5AG62
3RT19 44-5AN62
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
--
400
440
--
B
3RT19 44-5AR61
0.190 B
3RT19 44-5AR62
0.190
24
42
48
110
-----
-----
-----
B
B
B
B
3RT19 45-5AB01
3RT19 45-5AD01
3RT19 45-5AH01
3RT19 45-5AF01
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
B
B
B
B
3RT19 45-5AB02
3RT19 45-5AD02
3RT19 45-5AH02
3RT19 45-5AF02
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
230
400
---
---
---
}
C
3RT19 45-5AP01
3RT19 45-5AV01
0.190 B
0.190 B
3RT19 45-5AP02
3RT19 45-5AV02
0.190
0.190
-----
24
42
48
110
-----
-----
B
B
B
B
3RT19 45-5AC21
3RT19 45-5AD21
3RT19 45-5AH21
3RT19 45-5AG21
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
B
B
B
B
3RT19 45-5AC22
3RT19 45-5AD22
3RT19 45-5AH22
3RT19 45-5AG22
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
---
220
230
---
---
B
B
3RT19 45-5AN21
3RT19 45-5AL21
0.190 B
0.190 B
3RT19 45-5AN22
3RT19 45-5AL22
0.190
0.190
110
220
---
--100
200
120
240
110
220
-----
B
B
B
C
3RT19 45-5AK61
3RT19 45-5AP61
3RT19 45-5AG61
3RT19 45-5AN61
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
B
B
B
B
3RT19 45-5AK62
3RT19 45-5AP62
3RT19 45-5AG62
3RT19 45-5AN62
0.190
0.190
0.190
0.190
--
400
440
--
B
3RT19 45-5AR61
0.190 B
3RT19 45-5AR62
0.190
Magnetic coils · DC operation
S2
S3
3RT10 3.,
3RT13 3.,
3RT15 3.
3RT10 4.,
3RT13 4.,
3RT14 4.,
3RT15 4.
-----
-----
-----
24
42
48
60
B
B
B
B
3RT19 34-5BB41
3RT19 34-5BD41
3RT19 34-5BW41
3RT19 34-5BE41
0.650
0.650
0.650
0.650
B
C
B
B
3RT19 34-5BB42
3RT19 34-5BD42
3RT19 34-5BW42
3RT19 34-5BE42
0.650
0.650
0.650
0.650
-----
-----
-----
110
125
220
230
B
B
B
B
3RT19 34-5BF41
3RT19 34-5BG41
3RT19 34-5BM41
3RT19 34-5BP41
0.650
0.650
0.650
0.650
B
C
B
B
3RT19 34-5BF42
3RT19 34-5BG42
3RT19 34-5BM42
3RT19 34-5BP42
0.650
0.650
0.650
0.650
-----
-----
-----
24
42
48
60
B
C
B
B
3RT19 44-5BB41
3RT19 44-5BD41
3RT19 44-5BW41
3RT19 44-5BE41
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
B
B
B
B
3RT19 44-5BB42
3RT19 44-5BD42
3RT19 44-5BW42
3RT19 44-5BE42
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
-----
-----
-----
110
125
220
230
B
B
B
B
3RT19 44-5BF41
3RT19 44-5BG41
3RT19 44-5BM41
3RT19 44-5BP41
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
B
B
B
B
3RT19 44-5BF42
3RT19 44-5BG42
3RT19 44-5BM42
3RT19 44-5BP42
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/115
LV1_03.book Seite 116 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RT19 55-5A. . .
For contactor
Rated control
supply voltage
Us min ... Us max
DT
Order No.
Size
Type
Weight
per PU
approx.
Screw terminals
V AC/DC
Price
per PU
DT
Cage Clamp terminals
Order No.
kg
Price
per PU
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Withdrawable coils
Conventional operating mechanism
S6
S10
S10
S12
3RT10 5,
3RT14 5
3RT10 6,
3RT14 6
3RT12 6
vacuum
contactors
3RT10 7,
3RT14 7,
3RT12 7
vacuum
contactors
23 ... 26
42 ... 48
110 ... 127
200 ... 220
B
B
B
B
3RT19 55-5AB31
3RT19 55-5AD31
3RT19 55-5AF31
3RT19 55-5AM31
0.650
0.650
0.650
0.650
B
B
B
B
3RT19 55-5AB32
3RT19 55-5AD32
3RT19 55-5AF32
3RT19 55-5AM32
0.650
0.650
0.650
0.650
220 ... 240
240 ... 277
380 ... 420
440 ... 480
B
B
B
B
3RT19 55-5AP31
3RT19 55-5AU31
3RT19 55-5AV31
3RT19 55-5AR31
0.650
0.650
0.650
0.650
B
B
B
B
3RT19 55-5AP32
3RT19 55-5AU32
3RT19 55-5AV32
3RT19 55-5AR32
0.650
0.650
0.650
0.650
500 ... 550
575 ... 600
B
B
3RT19 55-5AS31
3RT19 55-5AT31
0.650 B
0.650 B
3RT19 55-5AS32
3RT19 55-5AT32
0.650
0.650
23 ... 26
42 ... 48
110 ... 127
200 ... 220
B
B
B
C
3RT19 65-5AB31
3RT19 65-5AD31
3RT19 65-5AF31
3RT19 65-5AM31
0.850
0.850
0.850
0.850
B
B
B
B
3RT19 65-5AB32
3RT19 65-5AD32
3RT19 65-5AF32
3RT19 65-5AM32
0.850
0.850
0.850
0.850
220 ... 240
240 ... 277
380 ... 420
440 ... 480
B
B
B
B
3RT19 65-5AP31
3RT19 65-5AU31
3RT19 65-5AV31
3RT19 65-5AR31
0.850
0.850
0.850
0.850
B
B
B
B
3RT19 65-5AP32
3RT19 65-5AU32
3RT19 65-5AV32
3RT19 65-5AR32
0.850
0.850
0.850
0.850
500 ... 550
575 ... 600
C
C
3RT19 65-5AS31
3RT19 65-5AT31
0.850 B
0.850 B
3RT19 65-5AS32
3RT19 65-5AT32
0.850
0.850
23 ... 26
42 ... 48
110 ... 127
200 ... 220
B
B
A
C
3RT19 66-5AB31
3RT19 66-5AD31
3RT19 66-5AF31
3RT19 66-5AM31
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
-----
220 ... 240
240 ... 277
380 ... 420
440 ... 480
A
C
B
C
3RT19 66-5AP31
3RT19 66-5AU31
3RT19 66-5AV31
3RT19 66-5AR31
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
-----
500 ... 550
575 ... 600
C
C
3RT19 66-5AS31
3RT19 66-5AT31
1.000
1.000
---
23 ... 26
42 ... 48
110 ... 127
200 ... 220
B
B
B
C
3RT19 75-5AB31
3RT19 75-5AD31
3RT19 75-5AF31
3RT19 75-5AM31
1.300
1.300
1.300
1.300
B
B
B
B
3RT19 75-5AB32
3RT19 75-5AD32
3RT19 75-5AF32
3RT19 75-5AM32
1.300
1.300
1.300
1.300
220 ... 240
240 ... 277
380 ... 420
440 ... 480
B
B
B
B
3RT19 75-5AP31
3RT19 75-5AU31
3RT19 75-5AV31
3RT19 75-5AR31
1.300
1.300
1.300
1.300
B
B
B
B
3RT19 75-5AP32
3RT19 75-5AU32
3RT19 75-5AV32
3RT19 75-5AR32
1.300
1.300
1.300
1.300
500 ... 550
575 ... 600
C
C
3RT19 75-5AS31
3RT19 75-5AT31
1.300 B
1.300 B
3RT19 75-5AS32
3RT19 75-5AT32
1.300
1.300
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/116
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 117 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
3
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 101
3RT19 55-5N. . .
For contactor
Rated control
supply voltage Us
DT
Order No.
Size
Type
Weight
per PU
approx.
Screw terminals
V AC/DC
Price
per PU
DT
Cage Clamp terminals
Order No.
kg
Price
per PU
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Withdrawable coils
Solid-state operating mechanism
For 24 V DC PLC output
S6
3RT10 5,
3RT14 5
S10
S12
21 ... 27.3
96 ... 127
200 ... 277
C
B
B
3RT19 55-5NB31
3RT19 55-5NF31
3RT19 55-5NP31
0.650 B
0.650 B
0.650 B
3RT19 55-5NB32
3RT19 55-5NF32
3RT19 55-5NP32
0.650
0.650
0.650
21 ... 27.3
96 ... 127
200 ... 277
B
B
B
3RT19 65-5NB31
3RT19 65-5NF31
3RT19 65-5NP31
0.900 B
0.900 B
0.900 B
3RT19 65-5NB32
3RT19 65-5NF32
3RT19 65-5NP32
0.900
0.900
0.900
3RT12 6
21 ... 27.3
vacuum contac- 96 ... 127
tors
200 ... 277
B
C
C
3RT19 66-5NB31
3RT19 66-5NF31
3RT19 66-5NP31
0.650
0.650
0.650
----
3RT10 7,
21 ... 27.3
3RT14 7,
96 ... 127
3RT12 7
200 ... 277
vacuum contactors
B
B
B
3RT19 75-5NB31
3RT19 75-5NF31
3RT19 75-5NP31
1.100 B
1.100 B
1.100 B
3RT19 75-5NB32
3RT19 75-5NF32
3RT19 75-5NP32
3RT10 6,
3RT14 6
1.100
1.100
1.100
For 24 V DC PLC output/PLC relay output, with remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
(Withdrawable coil with lateral solid-state module)
S6
3RT10 5,
3RT14 5
96 ... 127
200 ... 277
B
B
3RT19 55-5PF31
3RT19 55-5PP31
0.650
0.650
---
S10
3RT10 6,
3RT14 6
96 ... 127
200 ... 277
B
B
3RT19 65-5PF31
3RT19 65-5PP31
1.300
1.300
---
S12
3RT10 7,
3RT14 7
96 ... 127
200 ... 277
B
B
3RT19 75-5PF31
3RT19 75-5PP31
1.300
1.300
---
With AS-Interface and remaining lifetime indicator (RLT)
(Withdrawable coil with lateral solid-state module)
S6
3RT10 5,
3RT14 5
96 ... 127
200 ... 277
B
B
3RT19 55-5QF31
3RT19 55-5QP31
0.650
0.650
---
S10
3RT10 6,
3RT14 6
96 ... 127
200 ... 277
B
B
3RT19 65-5QF31
3RT19 65-5QP31
1.300
1.300
---
S12
3RT10 7,
3RT14 7
96 ... 127
200 ... 277
B
B
3RT19 75-5QF31
3RT19 75-5QP31
1.300
1.300
---
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/117
LV1_03.book Seite 118 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3RT, 3RH Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3RT, 3RH
contactors and contactor relays
For contactor
Size
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Type
kg
3
Arc chutes
S2
3RT10 3.
C
3RT19 36-7A
1
1 unit
101
0.110
S3
3RT10 4.,
3RT14 46
Arc chutes, 3-pole
C
3RT19 46-7A
1
1 unit
101
0.300
S6
3RT10 54
3RT10 55
3RT10 56
B
B
B
3RT19 54-7A
3RT19 55-7A
3RT19 56-7A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.760
0.760
0.760
S10
3RT10 64
3RT10 65
3RT10 66
B
B
B
3RT19 64-7A
3RT19 65-7A
3RT19 66-7A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.350
1.350
1.350
S12
3RT10 75
3RT10 76
B
B
3RT19 75-7A
3RT19 76-7A
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
1.650
1.650
S6
3RT14 56
B
3RT19 56-7B
1
1 unit
101
0.720
S10
3RT14 66
B
3RT19 66-7B
1
1 unit
101
1.350
S12
3RT14 76
B
3RT19 76-7B
1
1 unit
101
1.400
}
}
}
3RT19 34-6A
3RT19 35-6A
3RT19 36-6A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.050
0.050
0.050
}
}
}
3RT19 44-6A
3RT19 45-6A
3RT19 46-6A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.110
0.110
0.110
Contacts with fixing parts
For contactors with 3 main contacts
S2
3RT10 34
3RT10 35
3RT10 36
S3
3RT10 44
3RT10 45
3RT10 46
S6
3RT10 54
3RT10 55
3RT10 56
}
}
}
3RT19 54-6A
3RT19 55-6A
3RT19 56-6A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.280
0.280
0.280
S10
3RT10 64
3RT10 65
3RT10 66
}
}
}
3RT19 64-6A
3RT19 65-6A
3RT19 66-6A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.550
0.550
0.550
S12
3RT10 75
3RT10 76
}
A
3RT19 75-6A
3RT19 76-6A
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.900
0.100
S3
3RT14 46
S6
3RT14 56
S10
3RT14 66
S12
3RT14 76
Main contacts (3 NO contacts)
for utilization category AC-3
(1 set = 3 movable and 6 fixed
switching elements with fixing parts)
Main contacts (3 NO contacts)
for utilization category AC-1
(1 set = 3 movable and 6 fixed
switching elements with fixing parts)
B
3RT19 46-6D
1
1 unit
101
0.900
B
3RT19 56-6D
1
1 unit
101
0.280
B
3RT19 66-6D
1
1 unit
101
0.550
A
3RT19 76-6D
1
1 unit
101
0.900
B
B
B
3RT19 64-6V
3RT19 65-6V
3RT19 66-6V
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.530
1.530
1.530
B
B
3RT19 75-6V
3RT19 76-6V
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
1.780
1.780
C
3RT19 36-6E
1
1 unit
101
0.060
C
C
3RT19 44-6E
3RT19 46-6E
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.150
0.150
For 3RT12 vacuum contactors
S10
3RT12 64
3RT12 65
3RT12 66
S12
3RT12 75
3RT12 76
3 vacuum interrupters with fixing parts
For contactors with 4 main contacts
S2
3RT13 26
S3
3RT13 44
3RT13 46
Main contacts (4 NO contacts)
for utilization category AC-1
(1 set = 4 movable and 8 fixed
switching elements with fixing parts)
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/118
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 119 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TG, 3TK
contactors
■ Selection and ordering data
For contactor
Size
Version
Type
Rated control
supply voltage Us
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
V AC
V DC
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
---
A
A
A
C
C
3TX7 402-3G
3TX7 402-3H
3TX7 402-3J
3TX7 402-3K
3TX7 402-3L
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.025
0.025
2
3TX7 402-3.
3TX7 462-3.
3TC442) Varistors3)
With line spacer,
for mounting onto
the coil terminal
4 and 6 3TB50
and
3TC56
Varistors3)
For sticking onto the
contactor base or for
mounting separately
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
---
D
C
B
A
C
3TX7 462-3G
3TX7 462-3H
3TX7 462-3J
3TX7 462-3K
3TX7 462-3L
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
8 and
12
3TC52
and
3TC56
Varistors
For sticking onto the
contactor base or for
mounting separately
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
------
D
C
B
A
C
3TX7 462-3G
3TX7 462-3H
3TX7 462-3J
3TX7 462-3K
3TX7 462-3L
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
8 ... 12
3TB52
...
3TB56,
3TC52
and
3TC56
-Varistors3)
For separate screw
-connection or snapping -onto 35 mm standard
mounting rail
24 ... 70
B
70 ... 150 B
150 ... 250 B
3TX7 522-3G
3TX7 522-3H
3TX7 522-3J
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.080
0.080
0.080
14
3TF68
and
3TF69
Varistors3)
For DC economy
circuit; for snapping
onto the side of
auxiliary switches
----
24 ... 48
C
48 ... 127 C
127 ... 240 C
3TX7 572-3G
3TX7 572-3H
3TX7 572-3J
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.080
0.080
0.080
RC elements
For lateral snapping
onto auxiliary switch
or 35 mm standard
mounting rail
24 ... 48
--
-24 ... 70
C
B
3TX7 462-3R
3TX7 522-3R
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.090
0.090
48 ... 127
--
-70 ... 150
A
B
3TX7 462-3S
3TX7 522-3S
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.090
0.090
127 ... 240 -A
-150 ... 250 B
3TX7 462-3T
3TX7 522-3T
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.090
0.090
240 ... 400 -400 ... 600 --
A
C
3TX7 462-3U
3TX7 462-3V
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.090
0.090
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
------
B
B
B
B
B
3TX7 522-3R
3TX7 522-3S
3TX7 522-3T
3TX7 522-3U
3TX7 522-3V
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
0.090
0.090
0.090
0.090
0.090
24 ... 250
D
3TX7 462-3D
1
1 unit
101
0.015
3TX7 522-3.,
3TX7 572-3.
Surge suppressors · RC elements
4
3TX7 462-3.,
3TX7 522-3.
6 ... 12
3TC48
3TB50,
3TC52
and
3TC56
RC elements
For lateral snapping
onto auxiliary switch
or 35 mm standard
mounting rail
Surge suppressors4) · Diodes
6 ... 12
3TB50
...
3TB56,
3TC48
...
3TC56
-Diode assemblies
(diode and Zener diode)
For DC solenoid
system, for sticking
onto the contactor
base or for mounting
separately
3TX7 462-3.
1)
The surge suppressor is included in the scope of supply of the following
contactors: 3TF68 and 3TF69 (AC operation): varistor circuit.
2)
The connection piece for mounting the surge suppressor must be bent
slightly.
3)
Includes the peak value of the alternating voltage on the DC side.
4)
Not for DC economy circuit.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/119
3
Surge suppressors1) · Varistors
LV1_03.book Seite 120 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TG, 3TK
contactors
For contactor
Size
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Type
kg
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks with screw terminals
14
2 and 4
3TF68
and
3TF69
3TC44 ...
3TC48
3
5TY7 561-1.
For mounting onto the side of contactors.
}
For use in dusty atmosphere and
solid-state circuits with rated operational
currents Ie AC-14 and DC-13 from 1 mA to
300 mA at 3 V to 60 V.
With 1 changeover contact.
2nd auxiliary switch block, left or right
(replacement for 3TY6 561-1U, 3TY6 561-1V)
3TY7 561-1UA00
1
1 unit
101
0.060
}
3TX7 090-0D
1
1 unit
101
0.080
Coupling links for control by PLC
14
3TF68
and
3TF69
Operating range: 17 to 30 V DC.
Power consumption: 0.5 W at 24 V DC.
Fitted with varistor.
For technical specifications see Technical
Information LV 1 T
For snapping onto the side of auxiliary
switch, with surge suppression
Terminal covers for protection against inadvertent contact with
exposed busbar connections
14
3TF68
3TF69
For screwing onto free screw end on
middle connecting bar.
2 units required per contactor.
(1 set = 2 units)
B
3TX7 686-0A
1
1 unit
101
0.410
B
3TX7 696-0A
1
1 unit
101
0.410
M6
B
3TX6 506-3B
1
1 unit
101
0.100
M8
B
3TX6 526-3B
1
1 unit
101
0.140
M10 B
3TX6 546-3B
1
1 unit
101
0.260
C
3TX7 680-0D
1
1 unit
101
0.250
C
3TX7 680-0E
1
1 unit
101
0.080
C
3TX7 570-1E
1
1 unit
101
0.780
3TX7 6.6-0A
3TX6 526-3B
6
3TB50,
3TC48
8 and
SIRIUS
S6
3TB52
3RT1. 5
10 and
14 and
SIRIUS
S10, S12
3TB54 ...
3TB56,
3TC52,
3TC56
3RT1. 6
3RT1. 7
Can be screwed on free screw end.
Covers one busbar connection
(1 set = 6 units).
Links for paralleling (star jumpers) ⋅ 3-pole,
without connection terminal1)
14
3TF68
Cover plates for links for paralleling
14
3TF68
A cover plate must be used in order to
protect against inadvertent contact
with exposed busbar connections
(EN 50274).
Box terminals for laminated copper bars
Without auxiliary conductor connection (1 set = 3 units)
14
3TF68
With single covers for protection
against inadvertent contact (EN 50274)
With auxiliary conductor connection (1 set = 3 units)
1)
14
3TF68
With single covers for protection
against inadvertent contact (EN 50274)
C
3TX7 570-1F
1
1 unit
101
0.700
14
3TF69
Conductor cross-sections for auxiliary
conductors:
Solid wire 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5) mm2
Finely stranded with end sleeve
2 x (0.5 ... 2.5) mm2
Solid or stranded 2 x (18 ... 12) AWG
Tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.4 Nm
(7 ... 12 lb.in)
C
3TX7 690-1F
1
1 unit
101
2.000
The link for paralleling can be reduced by one pole.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/120
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 121 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TG, 3TK
contactors
For contactor
Size
Remarks
Rated control
supply voltage Us
Type
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
V DC
Arc chutes
3TC44 17-0L. .
With cutout for
mounting resistor
B
3TY2 442-0B
1
1 unit
101
0.160
2
3TC44
With series resistor 24
Without varistor
110
C
C
3TY6 443-0LB4
3TY6 443-0LF4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.400
0.400
4
3TC48
24
110
C
C
3TY6 483-0LB4
3TY6 483-0LF4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
1.100
1.100
6
3TB50
24
110
C
D
3TY6 503-0LB4
3TY6 503-0LF4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
1.100
1.100
8
3TB52 and 3TC52
24
110
D
D
3TY6 523-0LB4
3TY6 523-0LF4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
1.100
1.100
10
3TB54
24
110
C
C
3TY6 543-0LB4
3TY6 543-0LF4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
1.100
1.100
12
3TB56 and 3TC56
24
110
C
C
3TY6 563-0LB4
3TY6 563-0LF4
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
1.100
1.100
DT
Order No.
2
All spare parts not mentioned above are identical to those for the standard
contactors.
Auxiliary Rated operational
contacts current
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 at
230/
220 V
Number A
400/
380 V
500 V
A
A
Auxiliary
contacts
Ident.
No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
Version
NO NC NO NC
kg
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks for 3TF2 contactors ·
with screw terminals
For assembling contactors with several auxiliary contacts
With 2, 4 and 5 auxiliary contacts according to DIN 50012
for 3TF2.10 contactors (auxiliary contact 1 NO = 10E)
3TX4 4. .-.A
1
4
3
2
11E
--
1
--
--
}
3TX4 401-1A
1
1 unit
101
0.050
3
4
3
2
22E
1
2
--
--
}
3TX4 412-1A
1
1 unit
101
0.050
4
4
3
2
23E
32E
1
2
3
2
---
---
}
}
3TX4 413-1A
3TX4 422-1A
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.050
0.050
With 3 and 5 auxiliary contacts according to DIN 50005 for 3TF2
contactors
2
4
3
2
20
11
02
11; U
2
1
---
-1
2
--
---1
---1
}
}
}
D
3TX4 420-2A
3TX4 411-2A
3TX4 402-2A
3TX4 411-2G
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050
4
4
3
2
40
31
22
22; 2 U
4
3
2
--
-1
2
--
---2
---2
}
}
}
D
3TX4 440-2A
3TX4 431-2A
3TX4 422-2A
3TX4 422-2G
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050
DT
Order No.
For contactor
Rated control
supply voltage Us
Time setting range
(minimum times)
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Type
OFF-delay devices (with screw terminals) for 3TF2 contactors
For DC-operated contactors for bridging short-time power failures up to 0.8 s
3TF2. . .-0BB4
24 V DC
0.25 s or
0.5 s
B
3TX4 490-1H
1
1 unit
101
0.085
3TX4 490-1H
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/121
3
Magnetic coils
LV1_03.book Seite 122 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TG, 3TK
contactors
For contactor
Rated control
supply voltage
Us
Type
V AC
Power
DT
consumption of LED
at Us
V DC
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MW
Surge suppressors for 3TF2 contactors ·
for plugging onto contactors with and without auxiliary switch blocks
Version without LED
3
RC elements
3TF2. . .-0. . ., 24 ... 48
3TF2. . .-1. . . 48 ... 127
127 ... 240
3TX4 490-3A
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
----
B
B
B
3TX4 490-3R
3TX4 490-3S
3TX4 490-3T
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.010
0.010
0.010
---
---
B
B
3TX4 490-3U
3TX4 490-3V
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.015
0.015
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
----
B
B
B
3TX4 490-3G
3TX4 490-3H
3TX4 490-3J
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.010
0.010
0.010
---
---
B
B
3TX4 490-3K
3TX4 490-3L
1
10 units
101
0.015
1
10 units
101
0.015
12 ... 250
--
B
3TX4 490-3A
1
1 unit
101
0.010
24 ... 250
--
B
3TX4 490-3B
1
1 unit
101
0.010
12 ... 24
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
10 ... 120
20 ... 470
50 ... 700
160 ... 950
B
B
B
B
3TX4 490-4G
3TX4 490-4H
3TX4 490-4J
3TX4 490-4K
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
20 ... 470 B
50 ... 700 B
160 ... 950 B
3TX4 490-4A
3TX4 490-4B
3TX4 490-4C
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.010
0.010
0.010
3TX4 490-1J
1
1 unit
101
0.010
Varistors
3TF2. . .-0. . ., ≤ 48
3TF2. . .-1. . . 48 ... 127
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
Noise suppression diodes
3TF2. . .-0. . ., -3TF2. . .-1. . .
Diode assemblies (diode and Zener diode)
For DC operation and short break times
3TF2. . .-0. . ., -3TF2. . .-1. . .
Version with LED
Varistors
3TF2. . .-0. . ., 24 ... 48
3TF2. . .-1. . . 48 ... 127
127 ... 240
--
3TX4 490-4G
Noise suppression diodes
3TF2. . .-0. . ., -3TF2. . .-1. . . ---
Additional load modules for 3TF2 contactors ·
for plugging onto contactors with and without auxiliary switch blocks1)
For increasing the permissible residual current
and for limiting the residual voltage
3TF2. . .-0A. ., 230/220, 50 Hz
-3TF2. . .-1A. . 230, 60 Hz
230, 50/60 Hz
Operating range 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
B
Plug-in bases with solder pin connections for printed circuit boards ·
Width 45 mm for 3TF2 and 3TK2 contactors
For 3TF2 and 3TK2 contactors
With flat connectors 6.3 mm x 0.8 mm;
Rated insulation voltage Ui: 400 V (degree of pollution 3);
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp: 6 kV;
Rated operational current Ie: 6 A;
s and U rated data: max. 300 V, 6 A
3TX4 491-2A
3TF20 . .-3. . .,
3TF20 . .-7. . .,
3TK20 . .-3. . .,
3TK20 . .-7. . .
A
3TX4 491-2A
1
5 units
101
0.030
3TF2. . .-7. . ., For releasing contactors from
3TK20 . .-7. . . 3TX4 491-2A plug-in bases
D
3TX4 491-2K
1
1 unit
101
0.010
Release tools
1)
Dimensions as for 3TX4 490-3 surge suppressor.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/122
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 123 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TG, 3TK
contactors
■ Accessories
For
contactor
Max. rated operational
currents Ie/AC-1 (at 55 °C)
of the contactors
Max. conductor DT
cross-sections
Type
A
mm2
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Links for paralleling (star jumpers)
3-pole, without connection terminal1) 2)
3TG10
16 star jumpers can be reduced by
one pole
--
}
3RT19 16-4BA31
1 1 unit
101
0.010
25
}
3RT19 16-4BB31
1 1 unit
101
0.015
25
C
3RT19 16-4BB41
1 1 unit
101
0.015
3TG10
40
4-pole, with connection terminal1) 4)
3TG10
50
1)
The links for paralleling can be reduced by one pole. The rated operational
currents apply to each pole. The links for paralleling are insulated.
2)
Replacement for 3TX4 490-2C.
3)
Replacement for 3TX4 490-2A.
4)
Replacement for 3TX4 490-2B.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/123
3
3-pole, with connection terminal1) 3)
LV1_03.book Seite 124 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3TH contactor relays
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
Rated control
supply voltage Us
AC
DC
V
V
DT Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Surge suppressors1) for 3TH4 contactor relays
Noise suppression diodes
-With line spacer, for mounting
onto the coil terminal
24 ... 250
A
3TX7 402-3A
1
1 unit
101
0.015
--
24 ... 250
A
3TX7 402-3D
1
1 unit
101
0.015
24 ... 48
Varistors2)
With line spacer, for mounting 48 ... 127
onto the coil terminal
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
---
A
A
A
C
C
3TX7 402-3G
3TX7 402-3H
3TX7 402-3J
3TX7 402-3K
3TX7 402-3L
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.025
0.025
RC elements
24 ... 48
With line spacer, for mounting 48 ... 127
onto the coil terminal
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
---
A
A
A
C
C
3TX7 402-3R
3TX7 402-3S
3TX7 402-3T
3TX7 402-3U
3TX7 402-3V
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
101
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
--
B
3TX4 210-0P
1
1 unit
101
0.010
For mounting directly to contactor coil
without surge suppressor
A
3TX4 090-0C
1
1 unit
101
0.060
For mounting directly to contactor coil
with surge suppressor
A
3TX4 090-0D
1
1 unit
101
0.060
3
Diode assemblies
(diode and Zener diode) with
line spacer,
DC operation, for mounting
onto the coil terminal
3TX7 402-3.
--
Covers
For switch position indicator
Coupling links for control by PLC for 3TH4 contactor relays
Operating range: DC 17 to 30 V
Power consumption: 0.5 W at 24 V DC
3TX4 090
mounted to contactor
1)
2)
The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC contact are
increased if the contactor coils are attentuated against voltage peaks
(noise suppression diode 6 to 10 times; diode assemblies 2 to 6 times,
varistor +2 to 5 ms).
For
contactor
Type
Version
Includes the peak value of the alternating voltage on the DC side.
Rated control Time
DT Order No.
supply voltage setting
Us AC 50/60 Hz range
(minimum
times)
V
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
s
ON-delay devices
3TH42/
3TH43
NTC thermistors 220 ... 230
Time tolerance
+ 100 %, -50 %
0.1
B
3TX4 180-0A
1
1 unit
101
0.015
3TX4 180-0A
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/124
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 125 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3TH contactor relays
For contactor
Rated control supply voltage Us
Type
AC 50/60
Hz
DC
V
V
OFF-delay
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
s
OFF-delay devices for bridging short-time power failures (up to 1.2 s)
3TX4 701-0AN1
110
0.15 or 0.3
A
3TX4 701-0AN1
1
1 unit
101
0.170
3TH42 . .-0BM4
3TH43 . .-0BM4
220
0.6 or 1.2
A
3TX4 701-0AN1
1
1 unit
101
0.170
3TH42 . .-0BP4
3TH43 . .-0BP4
230
0.6 or 1.2
A
3TX4 701-0AN1
1
1 unit
101
0.170
0.4 or 0.8
A
3TX4 701-0BB4
1
1 unit
101
0.170
DT
Order No.
3
3TH42 . .-0BF4
3TH43 . .-0BF4
3TH42 . .-0BB4
3TH43 . .-0BB4
24
Contacts Rated operational
current
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 at
Contacts
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
230/ 400/ 500 V 690/ Ident. No. Version
220 V 380 V
660 V acc. to
EN 50011
Number A
A
A
A
NO NC NO NC
kg
Snap-on auxiliary switch blocks for 3TH20 contactor relays ·
with screw terminals
With 8 contacts according to EN 50011,
for snapping onto contactor relays with 4 NO,
Ident. No. 40E (3TH20 40-0...)
4
4
3
2
--
3TX4 440-0A
80E
71E
62E
4
3
2
-1
2
----
----
}
}
}
3TX4 440-0A
3TX4 431-0A
3TX4 422-0A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.050
0.050
0.050
53E
44E
1
--
3
4
---
---
}
}
3TX4 413-0A
3TX4 404-0A
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.050
0.050
With 6 and 8 contacts according to EN 50005
4
4
3
2
--
40E
31E
22E
22; 2U
4
3
2
--
-1
2
--
---2
---2
}
}
}
D
3TX4 440-2A
3TX4 431-2A
3TX4 422-2A
3TX4 422-2G
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050
2
4
3
2
--
20E
11E
02E
11; U
2
1
---
-1
2
--
---1
---1
}
}
}
D
3TX4 420-2A
3TX4 411-2A
3TX4 402-2A
3TX4 411-2G
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.050
0.050
0.050
0.050
DT
Order No.
For contactor
Rated control
supply voltage Us
Time setting
range
(minimum
times)
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Type
OFF-delay devices (with screw terminals)
For DC-operated contactors for bridging short-time power failures
up to 0.8 s
3TH2. . .-0BB4
24 V DC
0.25 s or 0.5 s B
3TX4 490-1H
1
1 unit
101
0.085
3TH2. . .-0BF4
110 V AC, 50/60 Hz
0.1 s or 0.2 s
3TX4 490-1A
1
1 unit
101
0.085
3TH2. . .-0BM4,
3TH2. . .-0BP4
220 V AC, 50/60 Hz
0.4 s or 0.8 s
B
3TX4 490-1A
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/125
LV1_03.book Seite 126 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Accessories for 3TH contactor relays
For contactor
Rated control
supply voltage
Us
Type
V AC
Power
DT
consumption of LED
at Us
V DC
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
MW
Surge suppressors1)
For plugging onto contactors with and without auxiliary switch blocks
Version without LED
RC elements
3
3TH2. . .-0. . .
3TX4 490-3A
24 ... 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
----
B
B
B
3TX4 490-3R
3TX4 490-3S
3TX4 490-3T
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.010
0.010
0.010
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
---
---
B
B
3TX4 490-3U
3TX4 490-3V
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.015
0.015
≤ 48
48 ... 127
127 ... 240
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
----
B
B
B
3TX4 490-3G
3TX4 490-3H
3TX4 490-3J
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.010
0.010
0.010
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
---
---
B
B
3TX4 490-3K
3TX4 490-3L
1
1
10 units
10 units
101
101
0.015
0.015
12 ... 250
--
B
3TX4 490-3A
1
1 unit
101
0.010
24 ... 250
--
B
3TX4 490-3B
1
1 unit
101
0.010
12 ... 24
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
10 ... 12
20 ... 470
50 ... 700
160 ... 950
B
B
B
B
3TX4 490-4G
3TX4 490-4H
3TX4 490-4J
3TX4 490-4K
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
24 ... 70
70 ... 150
150 ... 250
20 ... 470 B
50 ... 700 B
160 ... 950 B
3TX4 490-4A
3TX4 490-4B
3TX4 490-4C
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.010
0.010
0.010
3TX4 490-1J
1
1 unit
101
0.010
3TX4 491-2A
1
5 units
101
0.030
Varistors
3TH2. . .-0. . .
Noise suppression diodes
3TH2. . .–0. . . --
Diode assemblies (diode and Zener diode)
For DC operation and short break times
3TH2. . .–0. . . --
Version with LED
Varistors
3TH2. . .-0. . .
24 ... 48
48 ... 27
127 ... 240
--
3TX4 490-4G
Noise suppression diodes
3TH2. . .-0. . .
----
Additional load modules (residual current)
For plugging onto contactors without and with auxiliary switch blocks
For increasing the permissible residual current and for
limiting the residual voltage of SIMATIC semiconductor
outputs
3TX4 490-1J
3TH2. . .-0A. . 230/220, 50 Hz
-230, 60 Hz
-230, 50/60 Hz
-Operating range 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
B
Plug-in bases with solder pin connections for printed circuit boards,
width 45 mm
For 3TH2 contactor relays;
With flat connectors 1 x 6.3 mm ... 0.8 mm;
Rated insulation voltage Ui: 400 V (degree of pollution 3);
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp: 6 kV;
Rated operational current Ie: 6 A;
s and U rated data: max. 300 V, 6 A
3TX4 491-2A
1)
3TH20 . .-3. . .,
3TH20 . .-7. . .
A
The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC contact are
increased if the contactor coils are attenuated against voltage peaks
(noise suppression diode 6 to 10 times; diode assemblies 2 to 6 times,
varistor +2 to 5 ms).
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/126
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 127 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TK contactors
■ Selection and ordering data
For contactor
Contacts
Version
Version
Size
Type
NO NC NC
3TB50
1
1
--
1
--
1
1
1
--
1
1
--
1
--
1
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Auxiliary switch blocks
8 ... 12
3TB52
...
3TB56
3TY6 561-1A
Auxiliary switch
block, left or right
(replacement for
3TY6 501-1A/-1B)
Auxiliary switch
block, right
}
3TY6 501-1AA00
1
1 unit
101
0.055
}
3TY6 501-1E
1
1 unit
101
0.055
Auxiliary switch
block, left
Auxiliary switch
block, right
Auxiliary switch
block, right
}
3TY6 561-1A
1
1 unit
101
0.075
}
3TY6 561-1B
1
1 unit
101
0.075
}
3TY6 561-1E
1
1 unit
101
0.075
C
C
C
D
3TY6 503-0B. .
3TY6 523-0B. .
3TY6 543-0B. .
3TY6 563-0B. .
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
2.300
2.300
4.450
5.300
}
}
}
}
3TY6 502-0A
3TY6 522-0A
3TY6 542-0A
3TY6 562-0A
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.750
1.200
1.500
1.600
(1 set = 3 moving and B
6 fixed contacts)
B
B
B
3TY6 500-0A
3TY6 520-0A
3TY6 540-0A
3TY6 560-0A
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.280
0.360
0.530
0.760
3
6
Magnetic coils
DC operation
6
8
10
12
3TB50
3TB52
3TB54
3TB56
6
8
10
12
3TB50
3TB52
3TB54
3TB56
3TY6 5.
Arc chutes
1 arc chute, 3-pole
3TY6 502-0A
Contacts with fixing parts
In order to ensure reliable operation of the contactors,
only original replacement contacts from Siemens
should be used.
6
8
10
12
3TB50
3TB52
3TB54
3TB56
3TY6 520-0A
For rated control supply voltages for magnetic coils, see page 3/131.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/127
LV1_03.book Seite 128 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TK contactors
For
contactor
Size
Version of
auxiliary
contacts
Type
NO
Version
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
NC
kg
Auxiliary switch blocks
3TC44, 1
3TC48
1
Auxiliary switch block,
left or right (replacement
for 3TY6 501-1A/-1B)
4
3TC48
1
3
2 and 4
1
8 and 12 3TC52, 1
3TC56
1
3TY6 561-1A
}
3TY6 501-1AA00
1
1 unit
101
0.055
2nd auxiliary switch block, }
left1)
2nd auxiliary switch block, D
right1)
3TY6 501-1K
1
1 unit
101
0.055
3TY6 501-1L
1
1 unit
101
0.055
}
}
}
3TY6 561-1A
3TY6 561-1B
3TY6 561-1K
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.075
0.075
0.075
}
3TY6 561-1L
1
1 unit
101
0.075
B
B
B
C
3TY2 440-0A
3TY2 480-0A
3TY2 520-0A
3TY2 560-0A
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.070
0.100
0.250
0.450
C
C
C
C
3TY2 442-0A
3TY2 482-0A
3TY2 522-0A
3TY2 562-0A
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.170
0.500
1.200
2.130
C
C
D
D
3TY6 443-0B. .
3TY6 483-0B. .
3TY6 523-0B. .
3TY6 563-0B. .
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.300
1.000
2.300
4.800
}
C
C
C
3TY7 403-0A. .
3TY6 483-0A. .
3TY6 523-0A. .
3TY6 566-0A. .
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.100
0.200
0.350
0.650
Auxiliary switch block, left
Auxiliary switch block, right
2nd auxiliary switch block,
left1)
2nd auxiliary switch block,
right1)
Contacts with fixing parts
In order to ensure reliable operation of the contactors, only
original replacement contacts from Siemens should be
used.
2
4
8
12
3TY2 520-0A
3TC44
3TC48
3TC52
3TC56
(1 set = 2 moving and 2 fixed contacts)
For rated control supply voltages for magnetic coils, see page 3/131.
Arc chutes
2
4
8
12
3TC44
3TC48
3TC52
3TC56
1 arc chute,
2-pole
3TC2 48
Magnetic coils
DC operation
2
4
8
12
3TC44
3TC48
3TC52
3TC56
AC operation
2
4
8
12
1)
3TC44
3TC48
3TC52
3TC56
Can only be mounted on AC-operated contactors.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/128
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 129 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TK contactors
For
contactor
Version
Rated control DT
supply voltage
Us
Type
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
V AC/DC
Varistors
3TC7
For sticking onto the
contactor base
24
110
C
C
3TX2 746-2F
3TX2 746-2G
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.150
0.150
C
3TY2 740-0E
1
1 unit
101
0.360
Contacts with fixing parts
3TC7
Main contacts (1 set)
For 3TC78: 2 units required
per contactor
3
Auxiliary switch blocks
3TC74
4 NO + 4 NC
}
3TY2 741-2J
1
1 unit
101
0.270
3TC78
Auxiliary switch block left,
with 2 NO + 2 NC
Auxiliary switch block right,
with 2 NO + 2 NC
}
3TY2 781-2C
1
1 unit
101
0.190
}
3TY2 781-2D
1
1 unit
101
0.190
For 3TC78: 2 units required
per contactor
C
3TY2 742-0C
1
1 unit
101
3.900
DT
Order No.
Arc chutes
3TC7
For contactor
Contacts
Version
Size
NO NC
Type
Version
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
NC
kg
Auxiliary switch blocks
With screw terminals
14
3TF68
and
3TF69
3TY7 561-1.A00
1
1
--
1st auxiliary switch
block, left or right
Replacement for:
3TY7 561-1A/ -1B.
}
3TY7 561-1AA00
1
1 unit
101
0.050
1
--
1
Auxiliary switch block,
left or right
}
3TY7 561-1EA00
1
1 unit
101
0.050
1
1
--
2nd auxiliary switch
block, left or right
Replacement for:
3TY7 561-1K/ -1L.
}
3TY7 561-1KA00
1
1 unit
101
0.050
}
3TY7 681-1G
1
1 unit
101
0.050
DT
Order No.
For coil reconnection with DC economy circuit,
with screw terminals
14
3TF68
and
3TF69
For contactor
Size
--
--
1
Auxiliary switch block
Version
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
Type
Magnetic coils
AC operation
14
3TF68
3TF69
The magnetic coils are fitted as standard D
with varistors against overvoltage.
D
The coil is supplied with switch-on
electronics.
3TY7 683-0C. .
3TY7 693-0C. .
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
1.350
1.700
3TY7 683-0D. .
3TY7 693-0D. .
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.560
0.560
3TY7 680-0B
3TY7 690-0B
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
3.490
3.640
DC operation · DC economy circuit
14
3TF68
3TF69
3TY7 6.3-0. . .
Reversing contactors are required for
D
size 14 contactors:
D
Contactor type 3TF68 and 3TF69
Reversing contactor 3TC44
(70 mm wide, 85 mm high)
The magnetic coils are supplied without
reversing contactor.
Vacuum interrupters
In order to ensure reliable operation of the contactors, only
original replacement interrupters from Siemens should be
used.
14
3TF68
3TF69
3 vacuum interrupters with components B
C
For rated control supply voltages for magnetic coils, see page 3/131.
For solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks, see page 3/120.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/129
LV1_03.book Seite 130 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TK contactors
Version
Rated control
supply voltage
Us
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
V AC
Reversing contactors (3TC44)
Complete with resistor and 1 m connecting 110 ... 120
cable and plug-in connector for
220 ... 240
3TF68 . .-.Q, 3TF69 . .-.
380 ... 420
D
D
D
3TY7 684-0QG7
3TY7 684-0QL7
3TY7 684-0QV7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
1.000
1.000
1.000
Magnetic coils for main contactor, with rectifier bridge
110 ... 120
220 ... 240
380 ... 420
D
D
D
3TY7 683-0QG7
3TY7 683-0QL7
3TY7 683-0QV7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
2.700
1.500
1.460
For 3TF69 . .-.Q
110 ... 120
220 ... 240
380 ... 420
D
D
D
3TY7 693-0QG7
3TY7 693-0QL7
3TY7 693-0QV7
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.650
1.500
1.500
3
For 3TF68 . .-.Q
For rated control supply voltages for magnetic coils, see page 3/131.
For contactor
Version
Type
Rated control
supply voltage Us
For solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks, see page 3/120.
DT
Order No.
Price
per PU
PU
PS*
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PG
Weight
per PU
approx.
kg
V AC
Surge suppressors ⋅ RC elements
3TK10 to 3TK13
24 ... 48
110 ... 415
D
B
3TK19 30-0A
3TK19 30-0B
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.050
0.050
3TK14 to 3TK17
48 ... 110
220 ... 600
C
B
3TK19 34-0C
3TK19 34-0D
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.050
0.050
B
B
B
B
3TK19 40-0A
3TK19 42-0A
3TK19 44-0A
3TK19 46-0A
1
1
1
1
2 units
2 units
2 units
2 units
101
101
101
101
0.150
0.150
0.200
0.200
1 NO + 1 NC
B
3TK19 10-3A
1
1 unit
101
0.050
1 NO + 1 NC
B
3TK19 10-3B
1
1 unit
101
0.050
Terminal covers
3TK10, 3TK11
3TK12, 3TK13
3TK14, 3TK15
3TK17
For mounting onto contactors
Auxiliary switch blocks
3TK1
1st auxiliary switch block,
left or right
2nd auxiliary switch block,
left or right
Locking devices
3TK10, 3TK11
3TK12, 3TK13
For mechanical interlocking of
2 identical contactors,
auxiliary contacts 2 NC
B
B
3TK19 20-0A
3TK19 22-0A
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
0.140
0.140
3TK14, 3TK15,
3TK17
Mechanical interlock,
including mounting plate
B
3TK19 24-0A
1
1 unit
101
6.750
1 arc chute, 4-pole
D
D
D
D
3TK19 50-0A
3TK19 51-0A
3TK19 52-0A
3TK19 53-0A
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.650
0.650
1.250
1.250
D
D
D
3TK19 54-0A
3TK19 55-0A
3TK19 57-0A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
3.700
3.700
3.700
D
D
D
3TK19 70-0A. .
3TK19 72-0A. .
3TK19 74-0A. .
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
0.400
0.500
1.050
D
D
D
D
3TK19 60-0A
3TK19 61-0A
3TK19 62-0A
3TK19 63-0A
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
101
0.270
0.270
0.580
0.580
D
D
D
3TK19 64-0A
3TK19 65-0A
3TK19 67-0A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
101
101
101
2.400
2.400
2.400
Arc chutes
3TK10
3TK11
3TK12
3TK13
3TK14
3TK15
3TK17
Magnetic coils
3TK10, 3TK11
3TK12, 3TK13
3TK14, 3TK15,
3TK17
Contacts with fixing parts
3TK10
3TK11
3TK12
3TK13
4 moving and 8 fixed contacts
3TK14
3TK15
3TK17
For rated control supply voltages for magnetic coils, see page 3/131.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
3/130
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
LV1_03.book Seite 131 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
Spare parts for 3TB, 3TC, 3TF, 3TK contactors
Rated control supply voltages (the 10th and 11th position of the order number must be changed)
For contactor type
3TC44
3TC48
3TC5
3TF68/69
3TK10/11/12/13 3TK14/15/17
Magnetic coil type
3TY7 403-0A..
3TY6 483-0A..
3TY6 523-0A..
3TY6 566-0A..
3TY7 683-0C..
3TY7 693-0C..
3TK19 70-0A..
3TK19 72-0A..
3TK19 74-0A..
B0
F0
P01)
U0
B0
F0
P01)
U0
-F0
P01)
--
-----
B03)
F03)
P03)
U03)
-F03)
P03)
U03)
24 V AC
110 V AC
120 V AC
220 V AC
230 V AC
C2
G2
K2
N2
L2
------
------
------
------
------
110 V ... 132 V AC
200 V ... 240 V AC
230 V ... 277 V AC
380 V ... 460 V AC
500 V ... 600 V AC
------
------
------
F7
M7
P72)
Q7
S7
------
------
For contactor type
3TC4
3TB5, 3TC5
3TF68/69
Magnetic coil type
3TY6 443-0B..
3TY6 483-0B..
3TY6 503-0B..
3TY6 523-0B..
3TY6 543-0B..
3TY6 563-0B..
3TY7 683-0D..
3TY7 693-0D..
B4
W4
E4
F4
G4
M4
P4
B4
--F4
-M4
--
B4
--F4
G4
M4
P4
Rated control supply voltage Us
AC operation
24 V AC
110 V AC
230/220 V AC
240 V AC
3
Magnetic coils for 50 Hz
AC operation
Magnetic coils for 50/60 Hz
Rated control supply voltage Us
DC operation
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
125 V DC
220 V DC
230 V DC
1)
Operating range at 220 V or 380 V:
0.85 to 1.15 x Us;
lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
2)
Lower operating range limit at 220 V:
0.85 x Us according to IEC 60947.
3)
Rated control supply voltages Us:
50 Hz
60 Hz
B0:
24 V
-F0:
110 V
120 V
P0:
220 V to 230 V
240 V (only 3TK1 974)
U0:
230 V to 240 V
--
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
3/131
LV1_03.book Seite 132 Freitag, 25. Januar 2008 2:37 14
© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories and Spare Parts
For 3T Contactors and Contactor Relays
3
Notes
7
3/132
Siemens LV 1 · 2008
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement